Staff Report - Budgetary Adjustments and Cooperative Purchase Contract Replacement Fire Truck — Sacramento City Council, August 30, 2022 (part 1 of 2)

City of Sacramento
City Council Report
915 I Street, 1st Floor
Sacramento, CA 95814
www.cityofsacramento.org
File ID: 2022-01530 8/30/2022 Consent Item 8.

Budgetary adjustments and Cooperative Purchase Contract: Replacement Fire Truck (F12000300) [Published for 10-Day Review on 08/18/2022] File ID: 2022-01530
Location: Citywide
Recommendation: Adopt a Resolution: 1) authorizing the City Manager or City Manager’s designee to: a) increase the revenue and expenditure budgets by $430,276 in the Department of Public Works operating budget in the Fleet Fund (Fund 6501); b) appropriate the Intergovernmental Transfer (IGT) commitment of General Fund (Fund 1001) balance in the amount of $430,276 to the Fire Apparatus Equipment Project (F12000300); 2) approving the use of the Sourcewell cooperative purchase contract with Oshkosh Corporation (Contract113021-OKC) through local dealer, Golden State Fire Apparatus, for the purchase of one mid-mount ladder truck for an amount not to exceed $1,930,276; 3) authorizing the City Manager or City Manager designee to execute the purchase specified above.

Contacts: Alison Kerstetter, Fleet Manager, (916) 808-1163, [email protected]; Department of Public Works
Presenter: None
Attachments:
1 - Description/Analysis
2 - Contract
3-Resolution
Description/Analysis
Issue Detail: The Department of Public Works, Fleet Management Division, has a customer requirement to purchase a mid-mount ladder truck for the Sacramento Fire Department. The ladder truck is used to assist in fire suppression.

Policy Considerations: The recommendations in this report are in accordance with Sacramento City Code Chapter 3.56 and Sacramento City Code Section 4.040.020 and Council Rules of Procedure, Chapter 7, Section E.2.d, which mandate that unless waived by a two-thirds vote of the City Council, all labor agreements, and agreements greater than $1,000,000 shall be made available to the public at least ten (10) days prior to City Council action. This item was published for 10-day review on August 18, 2022, in compliance with the City Code.

City of Sacramento Page 1 of 3
File ID: 2022-01530 8/30/2022 Consent Item 8.

Economic Impacts: None.

Environmental Considerations:

California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA): No environmental review is necessary because the recommendations in this report involve the purchase of vehicles and are not considered to be a project in accordance with Section 15378(b)(2) of the guidelines.

Sustainability: The recommended purchases are consistent with the Fleet Sustainability Policy, adopted by City Council on December 12, 2017 (Resolution No. 2017-0478).

Commission/Committee Action: None.

Rationale for Recommendation: After reviewing the available purchase options, Fleet Management has determined that the Sourcewell cooperative purchase contract with Oshkosh Corporation represents the most advantageous purchasing strategy. The contract was competitively bid nationally, and Sourcewell receives greater discounts from the manufacturer due to a higher purchase volume than the City would receive if issuing its own bid.

In an ongoing effort to maximize cost savings and staff resources, many government agencies share contracting efforts through cooperative purchasing. This procurement method increases pricing competitiveness and lowers capital costs through volume buying. When comparing the administrative costs of procurement, staff considers product research, source selection, specifications, advertising, staff reports, awarding, protest, and administration of the contract.

The City has used both regional and national cooperative purchase agreements to complement its own contracting initiatives. Cooperative purchasing enables City departments to evaluate a broader range of contracting opportunities and to share resources with other jurisdictions. Cooperative purchasing also leverages internal and external resources to maximize cost savings opportunities for the City.

Financial Considerations: The recommended purchase, in a total amount not to exceed $1,930,276 will be made from the Department of Public Works Fiscal Year 2022/23 operating budget (Fleet Fund, Fund 6501) and will be charged to the Fire Apparatus Equipment Project (F12000300).

Upon completion of the appropriation of $430,276 from the IGT commitment of General Fund balance to the Fire Apparatus Equipment Project (F12000300) and the increase of the revenue and expenditure budget to the Department of Public Works Fiscal Year 2022/23 operating budget in the amount of $430,276 there will be sufficient funding to support the recommended purchase.

There are sufficient resources are available in the IGT commitment of General Fund balance to City of Sacramento Page 2 of 3
File ID: 2022-01530 8/30/2022 Consent Item 8.
complete the recommended appropriation in the amount of $430,276.

Local Business Enterprise (LBE): The minimum LBE participation requirement is waived for the City’s use of cooperative purchase agreements that have been competitively bid, evaluated, and awarded by other governmental agencies that may or may not have similar LBE programs.

City of Sacramento Page 3 of 3

goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
Office 916.330.1638
Fax 916.330.1649

August 4, 2022

Alison Kerstetter, Fleet Manager
City of Sacramento
5770 Freeport Blvd, Suite 2
Sacramento, CA 95822

Dear Alison:

I am enclosing our proposal for one (1) new 100’ Midmount Tower with this cover letter. This is being proposed as a consortium purchase to Sourcewell contract #113021, ID #296. Based on your department’s input, we have selected the Pierce Enforcer chassis on which to base this proposal. Some of the significant features you’ll find include:

 500 horsepower Cummins X12 motor with an Allison EVS 4500 transmission  100’ Pierce Ascendant Heavy-Duty Midmount Aerial
 A ll emergency lighting is LED

The cost of the unit described in this proposal is dependent on how the city may choose to purchase it. As noted in the various options, Pierce deducts certain prepayment credits from the final invoice, depending on the selected purchasing option. Lease purchase options are available upon request which if elected, would allow you to take advantage of the 100% pre-payment pricing. Lease purchases provide greater budget flexibility using customized repayment terms to meet the unique cash flow requirements of your organization. Please take a look at the information and figures enclosed.

The total price shown includes California Sales Tax at the rate of 7.75% and also includes factory inspection trips as outlined in the specification. Price is based on delivery F.O.B. to the City of Sacramento at the address shown above.

If the city elects to purchase the proposed apparatus and would like to submit a purchase order, please address it to the following:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
This quote will be valid until September 23, 2022.

We appreciate the opportunity to submit this information and look forward to going over any questions you might have. Let me know if there’s anything else I can do and feel free to give me a call anytime. My cell number is (916) 869-6072 and thank you again.

Sincerely,

Brad Hansen
Sales Consultant

PRODUCT

PROPOSAL
Exhibit “A”
Bid #739

OPTION A
100% Pre-Payment or Lease Purchase

This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying 100% of the Grand Total
to GSFA within 30 days of Contract Signing (or
issuance of Purchase Order).

This discount is also available contingent upon a 3rd
Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand
Total on behalf of the Customer within 30 days of
Contract Signing (or issuance of Purchase Order).

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR
City of Sacramento
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
100’ Enforcer Midmount Ascendant
Tower (Sourcewell contract #113021,
ID #296)
August 2, 2022

SALES CONSULTANT
Brad Hansen
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
916.869.6072 Cell
[email protected]

PARTS, SERVICE & SUPPORT
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
916.330.1638 Office
[email protected]

Page 2 of 3 ends

www.goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
Office 916.330.1638
Fax 916.330.1649

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR:

City of Sacramento
5770 Freeport Blvd, Suite 2
Sacramento, CA 95822

We hereby propose and agree to furnish, after your acceptance of this proposal and the proper execution by the CITY OF SACRAMENTO, hereinafter called “Customer” and an officer of Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., hereinafter called “GSFA”, the following fire apparatus and equipment, hereinafter called “Product”:

PROPOSAL SUMMARY
This proposal includes the following items in accordance with the specifications hereto attached:
 Fire apparatus and equipment described herein
 Pre-delivery inspection/services by GSFA
 Delivery to GSFA service center in Sacramento
 Final delivery from service center to Customer

PRODUCT COMPLETION
Product shall be built in accordance with the specifications hereto attached, delays due to acts of God, strikes, war, or intentional conflict, failures to obtain chassis, materials, unusual weather conditions or other causes beyond GSFA’s control not preventing, within approximately 885 to 915 CALENDAR DAYS after receipt of this order and the acceptance thereof at our Sacramento, California office. Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of this order and acceptance thereof, GSFA shall submit to Customer a production schedule including tentative pre-construction conference, final inspection and final delivery dates.

DELIVERY LOCATION
Product shall be shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto attached and be delivered to you at SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA. Proof of insurance must be demonstrated by the Customer to GSFA prior to transferring of the Product(s).

Submitted Date: August 2, 2022
Proposal Number: 110802-22A
Expiration
Date:

September 23,
2022
Sales Consultant: Brad Hansen
# Description Unit Price
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 100’ Enforcer Midmount Ascendant Tower (Sourcewell contract #113021, ID #296) 1,713,350.00
B Fire Fighting Equipment 135,000.00
C Equipment Mounting Allowance 17,000.00
D Discount For 100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order (90,400.00) E SUBTOTAL 1,774,950.00
F 7.75% State Sales Tax 155,308.12
G California Tire Fee 17.50
H GRAND TOTAL 1,930,275.62

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | Office 916.330.1638 | Fax 916.330.1649

Page 3 of 3 ends

ACCEPTING THIS PROPOSAL

In the event Customer wishes to purchase the Product described in this Proposal and the attached specifications, then, prior to the expiration date listed on page 2 of this Proposal, Customer shall sign and return this Proposal. Thereafter, GSFA and Customer will endeavor to enter into a purchase agreement incorporating this Proposal and including additional terms (a “Purchase Agreement”). If Customer returns a signed copy of this Proposal alone, GSFA will send Customer its form of Purchase Agreement for Customer’s review and signature. If Customer desires to use its standard form of purchase order as the Purchase Agreement, then Customer should return a signed copy of this Proposal along with a copy of such purchase order. All purchase orders shall be made out to GSFA. GSFA will review such purchase order and contact the Customer regarding any required revisions. Only upon a full execution of a Purchase Agreement shall GSFA and Customer be obligated to purchase and sell the Product set forth in this Proposal.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The following Terms and Conditions are hereby made part of this Proposal:

1. Payment Terms, 100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order –
Customer shall pay the amount listed on page two of this Proposal, which includes: (i) the total price for the Product (the “Purchase Price”), (ii) the estimated state sales tax on the Product, and (iii) the California tire fee (together with the Purchase Price and estimated state sales tax, the “Grand Total”) within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date on which the Purchase Agreement is fully executed. The proposed delivery timeframe for the Product, which is outlined on page one of this Proposal, shall not begin until full payment of the Grand Total is received. In the event Customer does not pay GSFA the Grand Total in the timeframe set forth in this Section 1, GSFA may, in its sole discretion, cancel the Purchase Agreement entered into between the parties.

2. Multiple Unit Purchase – If the Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple units, the price stated on this Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Purchase Agreement.

3. Stock / Demo Units – If applicable, any stock/demo units, including those identified by this Proposal, are available for sale on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis. Regardless of this Proposal, the first Customer to enter into a Purchase Agreement identifying any such stock/demo unites shall obtain said units.

4. Order Changes – The Customer may request that GSFA
incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product by delivering a written change order to GSFA, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate the feasibility of such change (a “Change Order”). GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, and any effect on production
scheduling or Delivery resulting from such Change Order.

Customer shall have seven (7) days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer counter-signs GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Purchase Price prior to final delivery to Customer location.

5. Force Majeure – GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s and manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

6. Cancellation/Termination – In the event Customer and GSFA enter into a Purchase Agreement and Customer thereafter cancels or terminates the Purchase Agreement, GSFA will charge a cancellation fee as follows: (a) 10% of the Purchase Price after order is accepted and entered by GSFA; (b) 20% of the Purchase Price after completion of the pre-construction phase of the order process; and (c) 50% of the Purchase Price after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or the manufacturer of the Product. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA.

7. State Sales Tax – Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to the Product.

The taxes owed by Customer for the Product is subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect when the Product is delivered to the Customer. Therefore, the sales tax will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the applicable change in sales tax.

8. Proposal Expiration – After the Expiration Date shown on page one of this Proposal, Customer shall require GSFA’s written consent to accept this Proposal.

9. Governing Law – This Proposal is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California.

Thank you for providing Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. with the opportunity to provide this proposal. If you have any questions regarding the options presented or need additional options, please contact me.

Sincerely, I, _______________________________________________________________authorized representative of
CITY OF SACRAMENTO agrees to purchase the proposed Product(s) and agree to the terms and conditions of this proposal and the specifications hereto attached.

Brad Hansen SIGNATURE: __________________________________________________________________________ Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.

TITLE: _________________________________________________ DATE: ____________________

OPTION B
Payment at Time of Delivery or Pickup

This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying 100% of the Grand Total
to GSFA at time of delivery or pick up

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR
City of Sacramento
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
100’ Enforcer Midmount Ascendant
Tower (Sourcewell contract #113021,
ID #296)
August 2, 2022

SALES CONSULTANT
Brad Hansen
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
916.869.6072 Cell
[email protected]

PARTS, SERVICE & SUPPORT
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
916.330.1638 Office
[email protected]

Page 2 of 3 ends

www.goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
Office 916.330.1638
Fax 916.330.1649

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR:

City of Sacramento
5770 Freeport Blvd, Suite 2
Sacramento, CA 95822

Submitted Date: August 2, 2022
Proposal Number: 110802-22B
Expiration
Date:

September 23,
2022
Sales Consultant: Brad Hansen
# Description Unit Price
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 100’ Enforcer Midmount Ascendant Tower (Sourcewell contract #113021, ID #296) 1,713,350.00
B Fire Fighting Equipment 135,000.00
C Equipment Mounting Allowance 17,000.00
D SUBTOTAL 1,865,350.00
E 7.75% State Sales Tax 163,218.12
F California Tire Fee 17.50
G GRAND TOTAL 2,028,585.62

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | Office 916.330.1638 | Fax 916.330.1649

Page 3 of 3 ends

ACCEPTING THIS PROPOSAL

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The following Terms and Conditions are hereby made part of this Proposal:

1. Payment Terms, Payment at Time of Delivery – Customer shall pay the Grand Total at time of delivery or pick up of the Product to GSFA. It is the responsibility of the Customer to have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up. If payment is late or delivery is delayed pending payment, a daily finance charge of $150.00 and a daily storage fee of $50.00 may apply until such payment is received.

Due to insurance liability, the Product(s) will not be left at the Customer’s location without full acceptance and payment or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA.

7. State Sales Tax – Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to the Product.

8. Proposal Expiration – After the Expiration Date shown on page one of this Proposal, Customer shall require GSFA’s written consent to accept this Proposal.

9. Governing Law – This Proposal is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California.

Brad Hansen SIGNATURE: __________________________________________________________________________ Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.

TITLE: _________________________________________________ DATE: ____________________

Proposal Details Report
OptionCode
Type
Option
ProposalText
0769009
Boiler Plates, 100AAT, w/o Pump

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc
is pleased to submit a proposal to
City of Sacramento
for a
Pierce®
100
' Heavy Duty Aerial Tower
per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in
1913
. Since then we have been building bodies with
one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work which is reflected in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over
75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than
62,500
apparatus, including more than
33,900
on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000
total square feet of floor space
situated on approximately
105
acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has
300,000
square
feet of floor space situated on approximately
38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of NFPA
1901
standards, this proposal will specify whether
the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D

1.1-2004
recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D

1.2-2003
requirements for structural
welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B

2.1-2000

requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000
and is performed to American Welding Society standards A

5.20 -E
70 T
1 . Furthermore, all
employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (
3 ) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001
. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty five (
25 )
fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty.

A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the
apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (
1 )
39 -minute, professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 8/2/2022
Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire
Department
Bid Number:
739
Representative
Hansen, Brad
Job Number:

Requirements Manager:

Organization:

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Description:

Sacramento AAT
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis, 100AAT
Body:

Aerial, 100AAT, No Pump, Alum Body
1 739
Bid #:

ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet NFPA
1901
acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Services Inc
by
operating
a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within twenty five (
25 ) miles
of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury
$1,000,000
General Aggregate
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy.

The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 )
years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum 2 739
Bid #:

limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other
insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.
0018180
Single Source Compliance, Aerials

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer.

Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US

0610784
Comply NFPA 1901 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2016, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2016

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2016
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533349
Aerial Fire Apparatus

0588613
Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/o Pump

3 739
Bid #:

0681279
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Aerial w/o Pump, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the
aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:

Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E
709
and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial
device.

A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E 165
and be
performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

Ultrasonic inspection will conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard on
Breathing Air
Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0891947
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1901

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1901
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be
third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0000000
STF
GSFA, Pre-Construction, ATW
Factory, Major Airport, 4 Days and 3
nights

PRE-CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY TRIP
A pre-construction trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for six (
6 )
Customer
representative(s). The intent of this trip is to review and finalize, in detail, the specifications prior to the start of production. The pre-construction trip will have a duration of four ( 4 ) days and three
(
3 ) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between Golden State Fire Apparatus (GSFA). and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals and ground transportation while at the manufacturers location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco or San Jose.

Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Customer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the responsibility of the Customer. Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with this cancellation, which may include not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline and/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable. 0000000
STF
GSFA, Final Insp, ATW Factory,
Major Airport, 4 Days and 3 nights

FINAL INSPECTION FACTORY TRIP
A final inspection trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for six (
6 )
Customer
representative(s). The intent of this trip is to ensure that the apparatus is built to specification and to detect any deficiencies that require correction. The final inspection trip will have a duration of four (
4 ) days and three (
3 ) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between Golden State Fire Apparatus (GSFA). and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals and ground transportation while at the manufacturers location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Sacramento, San Francisco or San Jose.

FLEET CUSTOMER

0092138
Highly Customized Product (HCP)

PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS
Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications.
4 739
Bid #:

0536644
Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide
Pierce authorized dealer
access to comprehensive information
pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.
0766110
Consortium, Sourcewell

0535579
Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no
pump, no tank)
0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5%
bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
0582800
Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. 5 739
Bid #:

0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0611571
SP
Drawing, As Built, At Delivery a
Revised Print w/ Changes, FLEET

FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup.
0727746
SP
Drawing, Compartment Layout,
FLEET

DRAWING, COMPARTMENT LAYOUT
A basic drawing will be provided for the interior body compartments. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes & etc. 0891594
SP
Drawing, Cab, Top View, Seating and
EMS Cabinets, Reference Only-
FLEET

DRAWING, CAB TOP VIEW
On the sales drawing a top view of the cab seating and EMS cabinets will be provided. The top view will be a reference only of the seating and EMS cabinets in the order. 0002928
Electrical Diagrams

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (
2 ) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0729149
Enforcer Chassis, 100AAT

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer
™
is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021007
Maximum Overall Height

MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be
11 '
5 "
.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
272.00
.
0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
72,000
.
0729280
Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to

10.75 " over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of

25.992
cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
3,119,040
in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of
2,275,200
in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of
120,000
psi yield strength heat-treated

0.38 " thick steel with

3.50 " wide
flanges.
0889473
Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 57" Qval

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring

12.50 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the front portion of the liner, stepping to

9.38 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the
rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of

13.58 cubic inches, yield
strength of
110,000
psi, and rbm of
1,494,042
in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be
4,391,869
in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
6 739
Bid #:

0790821
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 24,000 lb, Enforcer (425 Tires)

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
24,000
lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of
100,000
-psi yield strength
8630
steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of
55,000
-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (
9 ) grease fittings supplied, one (
1 ) on each control arm pivot and one (
1 ) on
the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to
45 degrees.
0090914
Suspension, Front TAK-4, 24,000 lb,
DLX/Qtm/AXT/Vel/Enf

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-
4 ™
independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
24,000
lb.

The independent suspension system has been designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have a torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within
15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000
miles of
inner city driving.
0087572
Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0899289
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply, Fire
Service Load

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear
425/65
R

22.50 radials,
20 ply Armor MAX, rated for
24,400
lb
maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0728957
Axle, Rear, Meritor RT50-160, 52,000
lb, Enf, 100AAT

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor
™,
Model RT-
50-160
, tandem axle assembly with a capacity of
52,000
lb.

An inter-axle differential, which divides torque evenly between axles, will be provided on the rear axle with an indicator light mounted on the cab instrument panel. 7 739
Bid #:

0602744
Top Speed of Vehicle, Non-NFPA
2016 Compliant

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition requires limits on the top speed of vehicles. NFPA

4.15.2 requires that
the maximum top speed of fire apparatus with a GVWR over 26,000
lb will not exceed either
68 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. NFPA

4.15.3 requires that if the combined water tank and foam agent tank on the fire apparatus exceed
1250
gallons or the GVWR of the vehicle is over
50,000

lb, the maximum top speed of the apparatus will not exceed either 60 mph or the manufacturer's
maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. It is the intention of the standard to improve safety by limiting the speed of all apparatus to 68 mph,
and tankers or heavy apparatus to
60 mph. By requesting an exception to this requirement, the purchasing authority is consciously choosing to operate their apparatus at speeds above the limits designated as safe speeds by the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus.

The top speed of the apparatus as manufactured exceeds the NFPA requirements. Per fire department specification of a top speed that exceeds NFPA requirements, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA
1901
standards at time of contract execution.

A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach an approximate top speed of 68 MPH
.
0753183
SP
Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 542
EX, Air Ride, 54,000 lb, 100AAT

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson Model FMX
542
EX, air ride with a ground rating of
54,000
pounds. The suspension will have the following features:
- Outboard vertical mounted heavy-duty shock absorbers
- Utilizes track bars and torque rods to restrict lateral axle movement and maintain constant pinion angles
- Super heavy-duty transverse beam to help reduce axle stress while increasing roll stability or resistance to lean
- Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality - Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0587016
Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G622 RSD,
12R22.50, 16 ply, Tandem

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be eight (
8 ) Goodyear
12 R

22.50 radials,
16 ply all season G
622
RSD tread, rated
for
54,240
lb maximum axle load and
75 mph maximum speed.
0654749
Wheels, Rear, Alcoa-Accuride, 22.50"
x 9.00", Aluminum-Steel, Hub Pilot,
Tandem
The outside tires will be mounted on Alcoa©

22.50 " x

9.00 " polished aluminum disc wheels with a
ten (
10 ) stud,

11.25 " bolt circle.

The inside tires will be mounted on Accuride®

22.50 " x

9.00 " steel disc wheels with a ten (
10 )
stud,

11.25 " bolt circle.
0568081
Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620569
Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Tandem Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure
™
tire alert pressure management system provided,
that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of
10 tires
.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between
10 and
200
psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops
5 to
8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0057936
Covers, Lug Nut, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0002045
Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0766669
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
100AAT

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0766668
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal, 100AAT

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of Zico, Model SQCH-
44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted
rearward of the left side rear tire
.
8 739
Bid #:

0010673
ABS Wabco Brake System, Tandem
Rear Axle

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco
4 S
4 M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide
a four (
4 ) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels (rear tandem wheels). A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti- lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.
0652082
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc
Plus, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brake calipers will be Meritor® DiscPlus
™
EX
225
air disc type. The brake rotors will be

17.00 " ventilated.
0509207
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Tandem Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor
™,
Disc Plus, EX225 disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0731553
Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 25.9 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with

25.9 cubic feet per minute output.
0637583
Brake Reservoirs, 6,408 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system capacity of
6,408
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, will be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi
A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below
80 psi (
550
kPa)
1/4
turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0587034
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat,
2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a Bendix AD-IP, with coalescing filter and heater. 0000790
Brake Lines, Nylon

BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0729902
SP
Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4" NPT

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (
1 ) air inlet/outlet
will be installed with the female coupling located
in the driver's side cab
step area
. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an
85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a needle valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure.

The male and female couplings will have .
250
" NPT thread.
0070810
All Wheel Lockup (Aerial/Tanker
Chassis)

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only.

The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. 0541937
Switch, Locking, Front Wheel Lock
Control
A locking switch will be provided to help prevent accidental activation of the front wheel lock control.
9 739
Bid #:

0630460
Moisture Ejector, Manual, Remote
Mounted, Enforcer/Saber FR

MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTOR(S)
Manual moisture ejectors for a single axle pumper reservoir capacity will be installed in the brake system.

The moisture ejector(s) will be remote mounted on the left side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible.

A loop will be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain.

Each moisture ejector will have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain.

Nylon tubing,

0.38 " diameter, will be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The nylon tubing will be covered with protective split loom.

The moisture ejector(s) will be provided on the
each tank, drivers side in most appropriate
location
reservoir(s).
0736410
Engine, Cummins X12, 500 hp, 1700
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2021, Enforcer

ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins
Model:

X
12 Power:
500
hp at
1900
rpm
Torque:
1700
lb-ft at
1000
rpm
Governed Speed:
2000
rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA
2021
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:
729
cubic inches (

11.9 L)
Starter:

Delco
39 MT
™
Fuel Filters:

Spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Secondary spin-on style filter.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0730962
Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X12, VEL/AXT, ENF, QTM

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0644227
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0644573
Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 10 739
Bid #:

0794743
Exhaust System, 5", X12/X15, MX13,
Engine, Horizontal, Right Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will include a Single Module
™
aftertreatment device to meet current EPA
standards. The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the aftertreatment device, and will be

5.00 " in diameter. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels.

A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
0781217
SP
Exhaust, Modified 35 Degree - Flush
With Rubrail, Approval Req'd

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe will be brought out from under the body at a 35 degree angle to the rear.

The diffuser will not be cut straight to the body, and the outer edge will be flush with the body rubrail. There will be a minimum of

2.50 " from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield. The last

7.00 " of the exhaust will be free of hangers and/or clamps. 0683310
Diffuser, Exhaust, Modified For
Extraction, 5"x7"x5", Flush With Rub
Rail, CARE

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
The exhaust pipe will be
90 degrees to the body.

The diffuser will be reduced to

5.00 " in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system. The

5.00 " extension pipe coming out of the end of the diffuser will be flush with the body rub rail. There will be a minimum of

4.00 " clearance between the top of the

5.00 "
extension and the bottom of the body.

There will be a minimum of

2.50 " from the exhaust pipe to the under side of the body heat shield.

The last

7.00 " of the exhaust will be free of hangers and/or clamps. 0788765
Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of
1060
square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief
cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0660971
Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill,
Common Door Triangular Shaped

FUEL TANK
A
65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .
75 " drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

The engine fuel fill inlet will be located adjacent to the DEF inlet and a single air bottle behind a common door on the driver side of the vehicle. The fuel fill inlet will be marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only."
A .
50 " diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements including a fill capacity of
95 percent of
tank volume.
0001129
Lines, Fuel
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 11 739
Bid #:

0764563
DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill,
Forward of Rear Axle

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
An

8.0 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the left side body forward of the rear axle.

0.50 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located behind a,
painted
door on the left side of the vehicle.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the
event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716
Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243
Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019
Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
AXT/Qtm/Sab/DCF/SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0665235
Door, Fuel Fill with Cap Holder, No
Chain
The fuel filler door will include a holder for the fuel fill cap. 0578959
Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0801890
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
4500
P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0512762
Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4500, Imp/Vel/Qtm/DCF/Enf

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (
6 )-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1 st -

4.70 to

1.00 ,
2 nd -

2.21 to

1.00 ,
3 rd -

1.53 to

1.00 ,
4 th -

1.00 to

1.00 ,
5 th -

0.76 to

1.00 ,
6 th -

0.67 to

1.00 , R -

5.55 to

1.00 .
0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0522824
Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to
3 rd gear from
6 th gear, resulting in improved
engine braking performance.
0559012
Program, Transmission, Shift To
Neutral, With Prk Brk

TRANSMISSION PROGRAM
The transmission will shift to neutral when parking brake is set. 0565656
Fluid, 4000/4500 Series
Transmission,TranSynd synthetic,
IPOS, Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. 0001375
Driveline, Spicer 1810

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 12 739
Bid #:

0669988
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK-
4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M
110
, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN
20 , hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0802950
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke w/Wiper
Control, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (
4 )-spoke design.

There will be a switch pod provided on the left side of the steering wheel between the spokes.

The switch pods will be an integral part of the steering wheel. The following switches will be provided:

Windshield wash
Wiper intermittent speed increase
Wiper intermittent speed decrease
Hi/Lo wiper speed
Wiper off
0550144
Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:

City
The second row of text will be:
of
The third row of text will be:

Sacramento
0725710
Bumper, 15" Extended, Alum,
Painted, Integrated, 100AAT,
Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (
1 ) piece aluminum bumper minimum of

10.00 " high and
45 degree corners containing a
3/8
" bend radius and

1.50 " top and bottom flange will be attached to the modular frame extension. The bumper will be extended

15.00 " from front face of cab.

It will have fully covered stabilizer cylinders that tip within a pocket inside the covers allowing the bumper to be a single wrap around piece.

The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.
0614646
No Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT,
SFR/Enf
0742958
SP
Tow Eyes, Painted Job Color, Below,
100AAT

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) painted steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000
lb straight
horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a

0.25 " radius.

The tow eyes will be painted job color.
0012300
Bracket, License Plate, Frt Bumper
Non-Illuminated

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
A non-illuminated license plate bracket will be mounted on the front bumper. The bracket will be formed from bright stainless steel.
0660435
Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper,
Outside Exterior, Rhino Lining, Black

RHINO COATING - FRONT BUMPER
Protective black Rhino Linings® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange.

The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Rhino Linings® dealer. 13 739
Bid #:

0625652
Cab, Enforcer, 6000

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A
356
-T
5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be
constructed from

0.13 " wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two ( 2 )

2.00 " x

2.00 "
outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

2.00 " x

1.00 " inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical
structural members will run from the floor to

4.625
" x

3.864
" x

0.090
" thick roof extrusions to
provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.25 " thick
corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.13 " firewall plate, covered with a

0.090
" front skin
(for a total thickness of

0.22 "), and reinforced with a full width x

0.50 " thick cross-cab support
located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the

0.13 " firewall plate, and the front
skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.125
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.25 " thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.375
" of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two ( 2 ) triangular

0.30 " wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be

96.00 " wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The cab will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00 ". The
overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be

54.50 " in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure

36.00 " from the rear wall to the front of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure

51.50 "
to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure

41.50 " to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include

1.00 " insulation in the ceiling,

1.50 " insulation in the side walls, and

2.00 "
insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775
square inches of clear
viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0747442
Engine Tunnel, X12, MX13, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of

0.375
" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901
standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than

17.00 " off the crew cab floor.
0633594
Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every

2.75 " to allow for
adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change.
0632103
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate
except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered .
14 739
Bid #:

0728890
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Stabilizer Interlock, Enforcer 100AAT

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location.

The cab will be capable of tilting
43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a
2 -point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled.

The cab lift safety system will also be interlocked to the front stabilizers in the bumper. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the front stabilizers are fully stowed, and fully tilted outboard.

The cab tilt mechanism will not allow the front stabilizers to be tilted inboard until the cab has been fully lowered and locked into position.
0550343
Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition
Switch

CAB TILT CIRCUIT
The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0695930
Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0648912
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs
and Handrails

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on the
striker side of the jamb and include the area behind the cab door handrails. 0002224
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on the
striker side of the jamb.
0647932
Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across
Cab Face, AXT/Dash
CF/Saber/Enforcer
0015440
No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0092291
Mirrors, Velvac, 2025,
Heated/Remote, w/Heated Convex,
w/LED Directional

MIRRORS
Velvac®, Model
2025
, low mount chrome mirrors will be mounted, one (
1 ) on each of the cab
doors. The mirror will include a replaceable
62 square inch flat glass and a
30 square inch convex
glass. Overall mirror dimensions will be

8.50 " wide x

13.75 " high. Mirror head will have a highly
polished chrome finish.

Both flat mirror heads will be adjustable by an electric remote control switch inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. Convex mirror heads will be adjusted manually.

The mirror heads will also be heated with the control within easy reach of the driver.

Each mirror will be provided with an LED directional light.

The Velvac
two (
2 )-year
warranty on material and workmanship and
two (
2 )-year
warranty on
chrome finish will be provided.
0733772
SP
Mirror, Special Mounting, Velvac
2025
Mirror Mounting Location
The Velvac
2025
mirrors will be mounted higher than standard. The top of the mirror mount will be aligned with the chassis logo mounted on the cab doors. 15 739
Bid #:

0648173
Door, Full Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of

37.50 " wide
x

75.50 " high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30 " wide x

75.50 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.093
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
1041
. The locks will be capable of
activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements.
0655543
Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab

Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (
4 ) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one ( 1 ) flush mounted
automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four ( 4 ) switches, one (
1 ) to
control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.
0653574
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
Conceal Switch Feature,
QXS/AXT/Sab/Enf

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch located
LS front bumper
.
0633615
Steps, 4-Door Cab, Reduced Bottom
Step, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two ( 2 ) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum

25.00 " wide, and the
crew cab steps will be

21.65 " wide with an

8.00 " minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not
exceed

16.50 " in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be
aluminum treadplate
.
0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled,
Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with red
LED
lights. The lights will be activated
when the parking brake is applied
. The LED lights may be load
managed.
0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (
6 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
installed for cab and crew cab
access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the left access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698
Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 16 739
Bid #:

0042105
No Windows, Side of Crew Cab

0786279
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0898549
Cab Air Filtration, TFT CrewProtect,
12v DC, Loc, CARE

CAB AIR FILTRATION
The vehicle will be equipped with a CrewProtect
™
air filtration system to provide purification of
the interior air of the cab and crew cab. The multi-stage filtration system will remove particulates, violate organic compounds, aerosol carrying viruses and bacteria from the air.

System Construction
The housing will be constructed of powder coated stainless steel and will be

12.00 " wide x

4.50 "
high x

20.00 " long. The angled surface will be provided with an additional

2.00 " of clearance for
air flow. The unit will be mounted
on a mounting plate, vertically, to the rear of the officer seat .

There will be one (
1 ) filter installed in the unit. The expected filter life will be no less than 1,800

active hours of usage (
6 months). There will be
no additional replacement filters
shipped loose
with the unit. The filter will be designed to neutralize harmful chemical contaminants and is safe to discard as normal trash with no special handling requirements.

System Operating Conditions
CrewProtect will automatically run when the truck is operating. And will not be required to turn on or off
or adjust the flow rate. The fan will operate at
100
CFMs and only

60.2 decibels.

Electrical Wiring/Function
The system will be
12 VDC powered from the vehicle power supply and/or an external 12 VDC
source. The system will draw a maximum of
2 amps and have a
5 -amp integrated fuse in the wire
harness.
0722796
Dash, Poly, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be an easily removable high impact resistant polymer cover.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 0606159
Work Surface, 1/4" Alum, Full Engine
Tunnel, Flat, Lower Rear, Lip,
SFR/Enf

WORK SURFACE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will cover the entire engine tunnel and follow the width of the engine tunnel. It will be constructed of

0.25 " aluminum.

The beginning of the work surface will be spaced

1.00 " off the top surface of the engine tunnel.

The work surface will be flat from the front of the engine tunnel to the beginning of the lower flat section of the engine tunnel. The work surface will flange down 90 degrees at the beginning of
the lower flat section and then extend to the rear of the engine tunnel. The rear of the work surface will be spaced

1.00 " off the engine tunnel. The lower horizontal surface will be provided with a

2.00 "
lip on three (
3 ) sides. The work surface will be open on the sides to allow for equipment to be mounted underneath it.

The mounting surface will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
0893536
Mounting Plate, 3/16" Aluminum,
Pegboard, Cab Interior

MOUNTING PLATE(S)
There will be
two (
2 )
Sized to fit on each side of rear wall of cab outboard of the Forward Facing Center cabinet
pegboard mounting plate(s) provided and installed
On Back Wall of Cab, outboard
either side of the Forward Facing Center Cabinet
. The plate will be

0.188
" thick with
.
203
"
diameter
holes, punched

1.00 " on center in a pegboard pattern. The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior
. The plates(s) will be mounted on
.
50 "
spacer stand-offs.
0750824
Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be
painted aluminum to match the cab interior
.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be
painted aluminum
.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz black vinyl
.
17 739
Bid #:

0753903
Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl
texture paint
.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100
Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp ™
acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a

0.25 " thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0722696
HVAC, Enforcer, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (
6 ) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
one (
1 )
31,000
BTU auxiliary heater with
560
SCFM of air flow provided in each
outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions .

Air Conditioning
A condenser will be a
59,644
BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab. The rear plenum will be covered with
a formed plastic cover
.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:

Minimum of five (
5 ) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
secured with four (
4 ) screws
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located
within panel position
#12
.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (
2 ) smoked Lexan
™
sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
a black plastic thumb latch
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
0622887
Grab Handles, Driver Door Post,
Officer Door Post Low, Saber
FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The officer's side grab handle will be mounted on the lower portion of the door post. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
18 739
Bid #:

0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 0631830
Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
flush lift and turn
latch
will be provided on the access door.
0530840
Box, Storage, Aluminum, Latex
Gloves

STORAGE BOX
There will be
two (
2 )
storage box(es) designed to hold and dispense boxes of latex gloves provided.

Each box will be constructed of aluminum and located
one on each side of the forward facing
crew cab seat riser - horizontal with opening on top
.

Each storage box will be

10.00 " wide x

5.00 " high x

3.50 " deep and painted to match the cab
interior. A slot will be provided on the top of each box to dispense the gloves. 0599959
Straps, Velcro, Map Box, Custom
Chassis

VELCRO STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be
one (
1 )
Velcro® strap(s)
installed on the map box
.
0633630
Map Box, 5 Bin/30 Deg Slant, 3.00"
Bins

MAP BOX
A map box with five (
5 ) bins, open at the top, will be installed
Per job
32604
. Each bin will be

12.50 " wide x

3.00 " high x

12.00 " deep and will slant
30 degrees from horizontal. The map box
will be constructed of .
125
" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0768268
SP
Map Pocket, Painted, 13.00" W x

14.00" H x 4.00" D, Each

MAP POCKET(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
map pocket(s) installed
Mounted behind Drivers seat to face of EMS
cabinet. Mount at Final
. Each pocket will be

13.00 " wide x

14.00 " high x

4.00 " deep and painted
to match compartment interior.
0583039
Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622619
Seating Capacity, 4 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be four (
4 ).
0764118
SP
Seat, Driver, Bostrom, Pacifica, Air
Ride, High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

DRIVER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Pacifica, air suspension high back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver.

For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel) and vertical position (

4.00 " of travel). To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 15 degrees back to
45 degrees
forward. A deluxe contoured

20.00 " cushion and an adjustable lumbar support will be provided. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632916
Seat, Officer, Bostrom Sierra, Fixed,
High Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

OFFICER SEAT
A H.O. Bostrom, Sierra, fixed seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep cushion. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle.

The seat will include
no additional zip clean covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0620420
Radio Compartment, Below Non-Air
Ride Seat, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIO COMPARTMENT
A radio compartment will be provided under the officer's seat.

The inside compartment dimensions will be

16.00 " wide x

7.50 " high x

15.00 " deep, with the back
of the compartment angled up to match the cab structure.

A drop-down door with one (
1 )
lift and turn latch
will be provided for access.

The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 19 739
Bid #:

0632851
Seat, Rear Facing C/C, DS Outboard,
Bostrom Sierra, Hi-Back, Saber
FR/Enforcer

REAR FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) rear facing, HO Bostrom Sierra high back seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep
cushion. The seat back will be a high-back style with
9 degree fixed recline angle.

The seat will include
no additional zip clean covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0632847
Seat, Rear Facing C/C, PS Outboard,
Bostrom Sierra, Hi-Back, Saber
FR/Enforcer

REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) rear facing, HO Bostrom Sierra high back seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 "
deep cushion. The seat back will be a high-back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle.

The seat will include
no additional zip clean covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0108189
Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, DS Outboard
0803760
SP
Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 44
W x 44 H x 14 D, Liftup, Web, 2
Sect,SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET
A forward facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position.

The cabinet will be

44.00 " wide x

44.00 " high x

14.00 " deep. The cabinet will be separated into
two (
2 ) sections. The upper section will be

16.00 " high. The lower section will be

28.00 " high.

There will be
one (
1 ) liftup door, painted to match the cab interior with two ( 2 ) locking flush lift and
turn latches with
#751
keys
provided on the front of the upper section. The lift up door will include a piano hinge placed forward the upper cabinet. The door will have Pneumatic stay arms to secure it in the open position. The clear door opening of the upper section will be

41.50 " wide x

13.50 " high.

There will be web netting provided on the front of the lower section. The netting will be made with

1.00 " wide nylon material with

2.00 " openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the
top
side of the cabinet and have
spring clip and hook
fasteners on the opposite side to secure
it. The clear door opening of the lower section will be

41.50 " wide x

25.00 " high.

The upper section will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

1.25 " up-turned lip
painted
to match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
louvers provided on the door of the cabinet for ventilation .

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
four (
4 ) white Amdor LED strip lights installed, one (
1 ) on each side of the cabinet
door openings
. The lights will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. The switch will control the lights in both sections.
0108190
Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, PS Outboard
0651182
Scuffplate, Cabinet, Interior Door
Pan, Cab

DOOR PAN SCUFFPLATE
There will be a
brushed stainless steel
scuffplate on the interior door pan of
two (
2 )
cabinet door
(s) located
both external ems doors
.
0691875
Brackets/Clamps, For Strip Lighting
In Compartments, IPO Velcro

BRACKETS/CLAMPS FOR COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
All LED light strips, in all locations will be mounted with clamps or brackets, in place of the standard Velcro®.
0042359
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Bostrom, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain
black
vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have
four (
4 )
seating positions.
0511471
No SCBA Brackets Required In Cab
Seats, Imp/Vel, AXT 2010, Qtm
2010,Saber FR/Enf
20 739
Bid #:

0603866
Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red
seat belts. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA
1901
and CAN/ULC - S
515
standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts
will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The
3 -point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0602464
Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647638
Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4
Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Weldon
808
* series, dual LED dome lights with
black
bezels provided. Two
(
2 ) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 ) lights will
be installed and located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.
0896451
Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for
10 seconds for improved visibility after the
doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after
10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0602623
Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, Aerial NFPA 2016 Classification

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 requires four portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.
0774457
Handlight, Streamlight, Vulcan 180,
44315, 12v, Orange

ADDITIONAL HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be
two (
2 ) lights
additional
12 v Streamlight, Model
#44315
, Vulcan
180
LED light(s) will
be provided and mounted
TBD at Pre-Con
. Each light will be provided with a
12 volt direct wire
vehicle mounting rack and quick release shoulder strap.

Each light housing will be orange in color.
0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) black faced gauges with black bezels to
monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (

15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (

16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (
1/32
full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm 21 739
Bid #:

Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (
3 ) to five (
5 ) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three ( 3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch 22 739
Bid #:

position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for
3 to
5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by
multiple individual warning light switches for
various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included
.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six ( 6 ) switch
panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0668061
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
VTX609R Red LED

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
There will be a Whelen, Model VTX
609
R, red LED indicator light with chrome trim located in the driving compartment. This light will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm

when the parking brake is released.
23 739
Bid #:

0743386
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply, 100AAT

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake released).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
LS CAB DOOR, the left side cab door is open
LS CAB COMPT DOOR, the left side cab compartment door is open LS CREWCAB DOOR, the left side crew cab door is open
STEP NOT STOWED, pump house step not stowed
LS TURNTABLE STEP, left side turntable step not stowed
AERIAL CONTROL DR, aerial override control compartment door is open LS
6 COMPT DR, the left side LS
6 compartment door is open
LS
5 COMPT DR, the left side LS
5 compartment door is open
LS
4 COMPT DR, the left side LS
4 compartment door is open
LS
3 COMPT DR, the left side LS
3 compartment door is open
LS
2 COMPT DR, the left side LS
2 compartment door is open
LS
1 COMPT DR, the left side LS
1 compartment door is open
LS AIR BTL COMPT DR, the left side air bottle compartment door is open LS BASKET STEP, the left side basket steps not stowed
STABILIZER CTRL DR, the rear stabilizer control compartment door is open STABILIZER DEPLOYED, the stabilizers are not stowed.

LS CORD REEL DR, the left side cord reel compartment door is open RS CORD REEL DR, the right side cord reel compartment door is open B
1 REAR COMPT DR, the rear B
1 compartment door is open
TURNTBL CTRL CNSL, the turntable control console not stowed.

RS BASKET STEP, the right side basket steps not stowed
RS AIR BTL COMPT DR, the right side air bottle compartment door is open.

RS
1 COMPT DR, the right side RS
1 compartment door is open
RS
2 COMPT DR, the right side RS
2 compartment door is open
RS
3 COMPT DR, the right side RS
3 compartment door is open
RS
4 COMPT DR, the right side RS
4 compartment door is open
RS
5 COMPT DR, the right side RS
5 compartment door is open
RS
6 COMPT DR, the right side RS
6 compartment door is open
RS
7 COMPT DR, the right side RS
7 compartment door is open
RS CREWCAB DR, the right side crew cab door is open
RS CAB COMPT DR, the right side cab compartment door is open RS CAB DR, the right side cab door is open
LT TOWER NOT STOWED, the light tower is not stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is released.
0611683
Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight ( 8 ) membrane-type switches
each rated for one million (
1,000,000
) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (
8 ) switch
assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (
2 )-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802946
Wiper Control, 2-Speed
w/Intermittent, Steering Wheel, Left
Pod, SFR/Enf

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (
2 )-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located in the left hand pod of the steering wheel. 0731813
Hour Meter, Aerial, Included in
Information Centers, ASL, AAT, ASP

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
The following aerial hour meter messages will be included in the information centers:

Aerial Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial device is in motion.

Aerial PTO Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial master switch is on and the aerial PTO is engaged.
0002615
Switch, Aerial 12V Master

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 0002617
PTO switch, w/light - aerial

AERIAL PTO SWITCH
A PTO switch for the aerial with indicator light will be provided. 24 739
Bid #:

0585913
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit
Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
20 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
RS
3 , when looking into compartment Back Upper Right Corner with
18 " coiled, Final location TBD at Final
.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model
5025
,
6 circuit with negative bus bar. The
terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0585914
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit
Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
20 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
LS
3 , when looking into compartment Back Upper Left Corner with
18 " coiled, Final location TBD at Final
.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model
5025
,
6 circuit with negative bus bar. The
terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0568733
Wiring, Spare, 5 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
four (
4 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
5 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
(
1 ) Drivers side Engine Tunnel (
1 ) outboard of the officer's seat
and (
1 ) in each next to USB on rear of mounting plate vertical location. .

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0594595
Wiring, Spare, 50 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
50 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
from the passenger's side battery, terminating behind the Captain's seat with at least
6-8
feet of slack wire coiled and capped. See photo in stage 7 efolder
for behind officer. TO BE GROUNDED TO FRAME (NOT BATTERY) .

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0748251
SP
Wiring, Spare, 60A 12V DC
Sacramento Fire Department, 6 Ga.

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of
6 gauge wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus originating at the right side batteries.

The above wires will include the following:

The
6 gauge positive wire will be connected directly to one of the positive power terminals on the right side battery bank. The wire will be protected by a Blue Sea part number 5006100
fuse block
with
60 amp fuse.

The
6 gauge negative wire will be connected to the frame ground closest to the right side batteries, the same location as the right side batteries are grounded to the frame.

The positive power wire and the negative wire will run uninterrupted to the radio compartment located,
to the center forward Facing cabinet in the upper
16 " portion designed for radio installs
.

The wires will terminate with a
6 ' pigtail and heat shrinkable butt splices.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.
0787001
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

4.8 amps at
12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be
one (
1 ) each side on the engine tunnel mounting plate, on the section that is vertical when the plate breaks from the flat portion to go down to engine tunnel area. Mount in the outer/upper most corner (
1 ) each side
.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number
1045
dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 25 739
Bid #:

0797189
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to

4.8 amps at
12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be
(
1 ) each side DS & Officer side. Per IP Layout
.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number
1045
dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0798604
SP
Wiring, Secure Seat Cushion and
Buckle Wiring

SECURE SEAT WIRING
All wiring going to seat cushion and seat belt buckle will be in loom and secure to the seat area. 0889227
SP
Radio, Sony, Digital Media Receiver,
Spkr Location Feature

RADIO WITH USB
There will be one (
1 ) Sony, digital media receiver installed
within reach of the driver
.

There will be
one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the
crew cab
. The speakers will be
AM/FM radio speaker for the driver and officer are to be located AFT of the David Clark box per job
#35533
.

There will be
a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof .

Features:

Digital media receiver with AM/FM tuner (doesn't play CDs) Built-in amplifier (
17 watts RMS CEA-
2006/55
peak x
4 channels)
Integrated Bluetooth with Simple Secure Pairing
Plays MP
3 and WMA files
Partially detachable face with low glare LCD display
Conformal-coated circuit boards resist moisture
USB port compatible with iPod®, iPhone®, Android
™
smartphone
0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
185
degrees Fahrenheit
An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
26 739
Bid #:

Virtual Buttons
There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 27 739
Bid #:

0734857
Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA5

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA
5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are

5.40 " long x

2.70 " wide x

1.30 " high, and operating temperature range is
-
40 degree C to
85 degree C.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA
5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA
5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system will include
the transponder and
a
5 year cellular plan subscription
.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0606247
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time -
24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 28 739
Bid #:

0889070
SP
Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Dual
Radio, (D,O, 2RPTT.1st R), 3C,
800/VHF,3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A five (
5 ) position David Clark, Model U
3800
, intercom system with dual radio interface capability
at the driver and officer positions. Three (
3 ) crew cab positions
at three (
3 ) forward facing seats

will have radio listen / intercom only. There will be a Remote Push To Talk (RPTT) switch provided for the driver, mounted at
on the driver's side, see IP layout
, connected to the drivers side of the
U
3816
module for Radio
#1
. There will be a (RPTT) switch provided for the officer, connected to the officers side of the U
3816
module for Radio
#1
and routed to the back of the Officer seat,
coiled, and secured. The Customer will mount final.

Radio
#1
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to the U
3805
in the Input as shown in Customer
Diagram. "Edit Labeling to include "DRIVER". ran along driver's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled 800
Radio
#2
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to U
3805
input as shown on Customer supplied
diagram. Edit Labeling to show "DRIVER". ran along driver's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled VHF.

Radio
#1
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to PRIMARY INPUT, as shown on Customer Supplied Diagram. Edit Labeling to show "OFFICER". ran along officer's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled 800
Radio
#2
C
3821
(Radio interface cable) Connect to PRIMARY INPUT, as shown on Customer Supplied Diagram. Edit Labeling to show "OFFICER". ran along officer's side raceway behind seatbelt and terminating into the Comm compartment - end of cable labeled VHF.

The following components will be supplied with this system:

Two (
2 ) U
3816
Radio Interface Modules (Driver, Officer)
Two (
2 ) U
3805
Radio Cord Junction Module
One (
1 ) RPPT kit for the left side radio
#1

One (
1 ) RPPT kit for the right side radio
#1

One (
1 ) U
3800
Intercom Unit (
2 Crew)
One (
1 ) C
3820
Power Cable
One (
1 ) U
3801
Remote Headset Station (
1 Crew)
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058
David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to
radio interface cables from each U
3816
David Clark box, to include
the Kenwood VHF and Motorola
800
, shall terminate in the radio compartment (
#756860
). Where
exposed. Radio interface cables shall be protected with plastic loom .
0597914
Headset, David Clark, H3442 Under
Helmet, Flex Mic

UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET
There will be
five (
5 )
under the helmet, headset(s) provided
driver, officer and
3 crew
.

Each David Clark, Model H
3442
, headset will feature:
5 ' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates
200
degrees for left or right dress
Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0681408
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
four (
4 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side
outboard rear facing seat and passenger's side outboard rear facing seat . The hanger(s) will meet
NFPA
1901
, Section

14.1.11 , requirement for equipment mounting.
0559185
Install Customer Provided Handlight
Charger(s)

HANDLIGHT CHARGER INSTALLATION
There will be
four (
4 )
customer supplied handlight chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed
(
1 ) near driver on map box, (
1 ) on engine tunnel
near officer, Per Sacramento Engine
#37009
order. (
2 ) FF Crew Cab TBD at Pre-Construction
.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0660489
Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Fill
in Blank Mounting and Cable
Locations

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
four (
4 )
standard

1.125
",
18 thread, NMO type antenna mounting base(s) installed
at least
18 "from antennas/objects. All antenna cabling should be loosely run with minimal bending, and encased in protective loom in areas of abrasive or sharp object. SEE PHOTO FOR

SPECIFIC PLACEMENT OF ANTENNA STUBS
on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss,
coaxial cable(s) routed within the cab / crew area to
inside the center rear facing "radio cabinet",
which is the upper portion of Forward facing cabinet
. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the
mount.
0890956
SP
Special CZIII WiFi Antenna Location,
Sacramento, 100AAT

SPECIAL WIFI ANTENNA MOUNT LOCATION
The Command Zone advanced electronics WiFi-GPS antenna will be relocated from its standard right crewcab roof location to centered left to right, middle of the cab roof, behind the lightbar.

When relocating this antenna it must be located a minimum of nine ( 9 ) inches away from any
other metallic object.
29 739
Bid #:

0752681
SP
Antenna, Panorama, 5-in-1,
MiMo,2G/3G/4G, MiMo WiFi, GPS

COMBO ANTENNA
There will be
one (
1 )
Panorama, LP-IN-
1958
-* bolt on, low profile
5 -in-
1 antenna(s) installed on
the cab roof. The antenna(s) will be
white
. The
5 meter

16.00 ' cables will be routed within the cab
to
inside the center forward facing "radio cabinet" (option 0756860
). NOTE THE ANTENNA IS TO

BE FORWARD OF THE PS CREW CAB LIGHTBAR (SEE PHOTO FOR SPECIFIC LOCATION) .

There will be two (
2 ) cellular cables with SMA connectors, there will be two ( 2 ) WiFi cables with
reverse SMA connectors and one (
1 ) GPS cable with a SMA connector.
0771345
SP
Camera, Pierce, Mux, R, RS
Cameras, Loc

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

One (
1 ) camera located on the right side of the apparatus,
RS Front clip above chrome bezel for
front See
#35533
for reference
pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

The camera images will be displayed on the driver's vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be
Behind the driver seat
The following components
will be included:

One (
1 ) SV-CW
134639
CAI Camera
One (
1 ) CS
134404
CI Side camera
One (
1 ) Amplified speaker (if applicable)
All necessary cables
0511071
Guard, 4-Way, Rear Vision Camera

VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD
There will be
one (
1 )
aluminum treadplate guard(s) fastened over the vehicle camera(s) located centered at the rear
.
0890416
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules,
electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator
located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J
1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Storage temperature from -
40 C to +
70 C
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:
30 739
Bid #:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a
white WiFi antenna
allowing a line of site communication
range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone ™,
control
and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone ™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (
3 ) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12 -volt
40 -amp battery switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp ignition switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a
12 -volt
100
-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456
Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone ™
information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
31 739
Bid #:

0892649
CZ Connect Telematics

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
There will be a cellular based vehicle telematics system consisting of a Telematic Control Unit (TCU) with external cellular WiFi and GPS antenna, and access to a web-based user interface portal provided.

The TCU will be fully integrated into the Command Zone
™
electrical system. It will monitor the
vehicle through the CAN data bus and transmit data through a secure 4 G LTE cellular
connection, and be provided with a
3 year subscription.
.

After accepting the end user license agreement, the vehicle administrator will have access to vehicle location information and vehicle data via a secure CZ Connect web-based interface portal.

The CZ Connect web-based interface will allow users to access vehicle data and configure monitoring tools, providing a global view of the location of each connected asset and a summary of fleet data, which include:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
0733539
Electrical System, Enf MUX ESP

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon ( 1890
) applied completely over the metal
portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211
Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA
each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (
6 )
12 volt Exide®, Model
31 S
950
X
3 W, batteries that include the following
features will be provided:
950
CCA, cold cranking amps
190
amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group
31 Rating of
5700
CCA at
0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140
minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a
45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621
Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
32 739
Bid #:

0002698
Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab.

Heavy-duty,
2/0
gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0593502
Charger, Sngl Sys, Newmar, EV-40,
023-5353-1 Indicator

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Newmar, Model EV-
40 , battery charger with a Newmar, Model
023-5353-1
, meter
indicating the state of charge.

The vehicle battery output will be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries.

The charger will include a
15 amp battery saver connection to charge hand lights, batteries, radios or power a
12 volt compressor.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to this battery charger.
0892338
SP
Location, Charger/Inverter, In Cab
Behind LS Seat,
The battery charger/power converter will be located in the cab behind the left side cab seat.

Because of this location the inverter may not operate per the inverter published specifications. 0536099
Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Step
Area
The battery charger indicator will be located in the driver's step area. 0016857
Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be
one (
1 )
Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-55-20-120
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include
red
weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to
battery charger & compartment receptacles
.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800
Shoreline Location

The shoreline receptacle will be located
on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door
.
0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy
®
, Model
55 SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430

amps, as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257
degrees
Fahrenheit (
125
degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0042767
No Auxiliary Power Supply Req'd,
Aerial Device Only
0550970
Fan, 12v, Electrical Component
Cooling

ELECTRICAL COOLING FAN
There will be
three (
3 )

12 v electrical cooling fan to be located
(
1 ) each side of Forward Facing
Center Cabinet, in the upper
16 " for radio equipment, (
1 ) centered on the door
. The fan will vent
the heat outward.

Fan to be wired to the battery switch.
33 739
Bid #:

0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake .

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) JW Speaker®, Model
8800
,
4 " x
6 " rectangular LED lights mounted in the
front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 low beam module
the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 high beam module
the
headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0802935
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED,
Cmn Bzl, Above Headlights, Sab/Enf

FRONT DIRECTIONALS
The front directional's will be Whelen®, Model M
62 T,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep
directional lights with amber LEDs. The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
. The
directional's will be housed in the same common bezel as the front warning light and will be located above the headlights. The
housing to be polished and the trim shall be chrome
.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be
Steady On (Arrow)
.
0620054
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED turn signal marker lights
furnished, one (
1 ) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25
LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall length of the vehicle in the following locations:

Two (
2 ) lights with amber LEDs as front side clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each
side above the cab doors.

All other forward facing clearance lights will be included with the visor scene light. 34 739
Bid #:

0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front
Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED,
Sab/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED lights installed front of the cab
door, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.
0090155
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 35200R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (
3 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
35200
R, LED lights used as identification lights located
at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
35200
R, LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus
used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
35200
R, LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus
as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0602938
Light, Marker End Outline, Rubber
Arm, LED Marker Lamp, Rear Body

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located at the rear most lower corner of the body. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
62 BTT,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
62 T,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to
Steady On (Arrow)
flash pattern.

The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.
0561471
Lights, Backup, Wln M6BUW, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0664481
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
There will be one (
1 ) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body.

A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. 0556842
Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 FCV
4 P, four (
4 ) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce
logos provided for the rear M
6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
0627882
SP
Guard, Alum Treadplate Over Light
Wires, Each

PROTECTIVE COVER FOR LIGHT WIRES
There will be
two (
2 )
aluminum treadplate cover(s) installed to protect the light wire(s), against damage, located
Whelen Summit lights on top of body one (
1 ) each side, per marked up pre-lim
drawing
.
35 739
Bid #:

0578264
Flash Pattern, California Title13, LED
Warning Lights

WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN
The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern.
0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW020 LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumens each,

20.00 " white LED strip
lights provided, one (
1 ) for each cab door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0763190
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW012 LED 3lts

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be three (
3 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,

12.00 " long, white
12 volt
DC LED strip lights provided.

The lights will be mounted in the following locations.

One (
1 ) light will be provided under the left side turntable access steps One (
1 ) light will be provided under the left side basket access steps One (
1 ) light will be provided under the right side basket access steps The perimeter scene lights will be activated when
the parking brake is applied
.
0896454
Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights and scene lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will dim after
10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's
transmission is put into gear.
0626449
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer
Series LED, Bail Mount 2nd

12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen Model NP
6 B*,
1,800
lumens
12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) and bail
bracket to be located
driver side on the cab roof, as far forward as possible and under the lightbar towards the outboard side and angled at
45 degrees outwards per Folsom job
31183
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following:
from the same switches provided to activate other scene lights .
no additional switch location
.
no additional switch location
.
no additional switch location
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0626453
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer
Series LED, Bail Mount 1st

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0729921
SP
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt
Feature, SUBKT* Mounts, Mkr Lts
Activated
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a Whelen® Model S
72 M**,

72.00 " long
32,400
lumens DC powered light provided
on the front cab roof as far forward as practical. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be
white
.

The
light(s) to be installed with flat horizontal mounts
.

The light will include the following:

White scene LEDs
Two (
2 ) amber LED modules as clearance lights
Three (
3 ) amber LED modules as identification lights
Four (
4 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be four (
4 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
The clearance and identification LEDs will be activated with the headlight switch.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on and by a switch at the driver's
side switch panel
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

Amber flashing LED modules will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The white scene and flashing LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
36 739
Bid #:

0889662
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
RS
Cab below side emergency lightbar, above Crew Cab Door
. The
light(s) to be installed on straight
bracket(s) rasing the light(s) off the roof of the cab and to the outside of the cab .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s) and by the same switching that has been selected for the other side scene light(s) on the apparatus .

The
marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0889664
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
LS
Cab below side emergency lightbar, above Crew Cab Door
. The
light(s) to be installed on straight
bracket(s) rasing the light(s) off the roof of the cab and to the outside of the cab .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s) and by the same switching that has been selected for the other side scene light(s) on the apparatus .

The
marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, centered over RS
3 top of body
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (
3 ) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (
2 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be two (
2 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748795
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, Centered over LS
3 top of body
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0766802
Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting, 100AAT

0763307
SP
Lights, Deck, Wln MPB* LED

ADDITIONAL DECK LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model MPB*,
4,100
lumens
12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs
and vertically adjustable mount(s) installed,
Mounted at the rear of the vehicle on the
5 " Tread
plate wedge.
.

The light(s) will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch in a recessed cup located at the driver's side rear bulkhead .

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0645632
Lights, Not Required, Hose Bed,
Rescue/Tanker/Aerial/Encore/Mini,
No Hose Bed
37 739
Bid #:

0729276
Lights, Hose Bed, Front/Rear, Light
Strips, AAT

HOSE BED LIGHTS
There will be
12 volt DC light strips with stainless steel protective covers and white LEDs provided to illuminate the hose bed area per the following:

A light strip will be installed along the front edge of the hose bed facing rearward.

A light strip will be installed under the boom support facing forward.

The lights will be activated
when the parking brake is applied
.
0645677
Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0892702
Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW020, P25 LED, 100AAT

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Model P
25 12
volt DC LED lights with
chrome housing
provided to illuminate
the top of body walking surface. These LED lights will be located on the rear facing surface of the upper portion of the body to illuminate the walking surface to the platform basket.

There will be one (
1 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
020
,
350
lumen,
20 " long, white
12 volt DC
LED strip light located on the tower cradle, facing the rear of the body, to illuminate the walking area directly behind the tower cradle.

These lights will be activated when "Aerial Master" is on. 0771867
Aerial, 100AAT, No Pump, Alum Body

0554271
Body Skirt Height, 20"

0763761
SP
Cargo Area, Alum, IPO Hose Bed,
100AAT, w/ Treadplate Cover w/Lift
Doors

CARGO AREA
The cargo area will be fabricated of .
125
"
5052
aluminum with a tensile strength range of
31,000

to
38,000
psi.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

The upper and rear edges of the side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

The cargo area will be located ahead of the ladder turntable.

Flooring of the cargo area will be aluminum treadplate.

A recessed, flat,
2 -section .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the cargo area. The cover will be recessed into the cargo area so as to not extend above the rear body height. The cover will be hinged with a full length stainless steel piano hinge on each outboard side. Chrome grab handles and four (
4 ) gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover.
0723546
DA Finished Hose Bed/Cargo Area

The hose bed/cargo area walls will be unpainted and dual action finished. 0735582
Turntable Steps, Swing-Down, Left
Side, 100AAT

TURNTABLE STEPS
Access to the turntable will be provided by a set of swing-down steps on the left side of the truck.

There shall be no bottom flip step provided.

The bottom step will have a step height not
exceeding

24.00 " from the ground to the top surface of the step at any time. All steps will have a height no greater than

14.00 " from top surface to top surface.

The access steps will be located just behind the front body and in front of the middle stabilizer.

The swing down step assembly will be constructed of D/A finished aluminum with bright aluminum treadplate steps.

The steps shall have a punched grip pattern design
.

The stepwell will be lined with bright aluminum treadplate to act as scuffplates.

A
knurled aluminum handrail
will be provided on the left side of the steps.

Holes will be provided in each side step plate for hand holds.

The steps will be connected to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator in the cab. 0889980
Lights, Step (3), P25 LED, One Side

STEP LIGHTS
There will be three (
3 ) white P
25 LED step lights with
chrome housing
provided for the aerial
turntable access steps.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be activated by
when the parking brake is applied
.
0690023
Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum

SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
0074515
Tow Eyes (2), 100AAT, Ascendant
Single Axle, 75' HAL

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the frame rails. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. 38 739
Bid #:

0769019
Construction, Compt, Alum, 100AAT

COMPARTMENTATION
Compartmentation will be fabricated of

0.125
"
5052
aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided. For prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance, the fender liners will be formed from aluminum and removable for maintenance.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

All screws and bolts, which are not Grade
8 , will be stainless steel and where they protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
The backbone of the body support system will begin with the aerial torque box which is the strongest component of the apparatus and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

An aluminum body structure will be mounted to the aerial torque box at four ( 4 ) points using
neoprene elastomer isolators. The front mounts will attach from structural steel brackets on the sides of the torque box to a structural tube on the body. The rear mounts will attach structural members on the rear body to the top of the rear down rigger mounting structure.

The combination of the elastomer isolators and the body structure design allow the chassis and torque box to flex without driving loads into the body.

The compartment floor support design will result in an
800
lb equipment support rating per lower
compartment, and a
500
lb equipment support rating for the upper, over the axle compartments.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will be vented to provide one (
1 ) way airflow out of the compartment that
prevents water and dirt from gaining access to the compartment.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, model analysis, and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the body and substructure.

The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires

9.00 " to simulate the twisting a truck may experience
when driving over a curb.

Making a
90 degree turn, while driving at
20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle on at
35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at
55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough
pavement.
0804501
SP
Compt w/No Pump, 43" Wide w/Dbl
Doors, Dual Inlets, Spcl Height,
100AAT

COMPARTMENT IN PLACE OF PUMP
A double door compartment will be installed in place of the pump and pump panel.

The compartment will be one (
1 ) single large compartment, with a taller, forward portion. The overall width will be approximately

43.00 " wide.

The forward area will be approximately

13.50 " wide

52.38 " high x

24.38 " deep in the lower

14.38 "
of height and transversed in the top portion. The transversed area will be approximately

13.50 "
wide x

38.00 " high.

The rear area will be approximately

25.75 " wide x

24.38 " deep in the lower area and transversed
in the top portion of the compartment. The compartment will be approximately

35.31 " high on the
inboard portion and

30.31 " high on the outboard portion. The transverse area will be approximately

25.75 " wide x

20.94 " high. The compartment will taper down towards each outboard side approximately
15 degrees.

The overall compartment door opening will be approximately

35.00 " wide. The door opening of
the forward-upper transverse section will be approximately

8.12 ". The forward area and rearward
area will each have a single lap door, with hinges on the forward and rearward sides so as to resemble a double door.

The taller, forward door will utilize pneumatic springs to allow it to open past 90 degrees.
0771235
Compt, Left Side, Lap,100AAT, No
Pump

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The override door forward of the stabilizer will include a pair of SouthCo C
2 chrome raised trigger
lever latches
.

A full height double door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The compartment will be approximately

29.13 " wide x

28.25 " high x

27.13 " deep inside with a clear
door opening of approximately

25.13 " wide x

26.37 " high.

A full height single lap door compartment forward above the fender compartment and over the rear wheels will be approximately

16.25 " wide x

20.06 " high x

27.13 " deep inside with a clear
door opening of approximately

12.87 " wide x

20.25 " high.

One (
1 ) liftup door compartment rearward above the fender compartments and over the rear axles will be provided. The compartment will be approximately

84.00 " wide x

22.13 " high x

27.13 "
deep inside with a clear door opening of approximately

81.25 " wide x

19.13 " high.

A full height double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be approximately

41.25 " wide x

53.88 " high x

27.13 " deep. The clear door opening will be approximately

37.25 " wide x

52.00 "
high.

One (
1 ) single lap door compartment behind the rear stabilizer will be provided. The compartment will be approximately

18.13 " wide x

45.75 " high x

27.13 " deep inside with a clear door opening of
approximately

14.87 " wide x

43.87 " high.
39 739
Bid #:

0771231
Compt, Right Side, Lap, 100AAT, No
Pump

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
A full height single lap door compartment ahead of the front stabilizer will be provided. The compartment will be approximately

18.38 " wide x

35.25 " high x

9.91 " deep with a clear door
opening of approximately

15.00 " wide x

33.37 " high.

A full height double door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be approximately

29.13 " wide
x

28.25 " high x

27.13 " deep inside with a clear door opening of approximately

25.13 " wide x

26.37 " high.

A full height single lap door compartment forward above the fender compartment and over the rear wheels will be approximately

16.25 " wide x

22.13 " high x

27.13 " deep. The clear door
opening will be approximately

12.87 " wide x

20.25 " high.

One (
1 ) liftup door, rearward compartment above the fender compartments and over the rear axles will be provided. The compartment will be approximately

84.00 " wide x

22.13 " high x

27.13 "
deep inside with a clear door opening of approximately

81.25 " wide x

19.13 " high.

A full height double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be approximately

41.25 " wide x

53.88 " high x

27.13 " deep. The clear door opening will be approximately

37.25 " wide x

52.00 "
high.

One (
1 ) single lap door compartment behind the rear stabilizer will be provided. The compartment will be approximately

18.13 " wide x

45.75 " high x

27.13 " deep inside with a clear door opening of
approximately

14.87 " wide x

43.87 " high.
0771213
Doors, Lap w/"D" Handles,
Aluminum, Side Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT DOORS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and fabricated of .
09 "
5052
H
32 aluminum. Doors will be a minimum of

1.50 " thick. To provide additional door
strength, a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of .
25 ", that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners. A dielectric substance will be applied to each hinge fastener.

All door lock mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and Eberhard 106

locks.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the "D" ring handle and the door.
0740006
Bumper, Rear, 3", Counterweight,
Steel, Full 45 Degree Angled
Corners, 100AAT

REAR BUMPER
A

3.00 " rear bumper will be furnished. Bumper will be constructed of steel and will be covered with polished aluminum treadplate. The bumper will be

2.50 " deep x

4.00 " high and will be
spaced away from the body approximately

0.50 ". The corners of the bumper will be angled at
45 degrees to be flush with the angled rear body. It will extend the full width of the body. 0798858
SP
Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door,
Ascendant SA, 100AAT

DOOR GUARD
There will be
ten (
10 ) compartment doors
that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect
the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed on the left side rearward compartment,
left side over the wheel compartment, left side forward compartment, left side forward compartment, right side rearward compartment, right side over the wheel compartment, right side forward compartment, right side forward compartment and right side forward compartment .
0680510
Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-9250 Red
LED, Dual Lt Strips, Each Side of
Door

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
fourteen (
14 )
compartments with Amdor, Model AY-
9250
, red LED compartment light
strips. The strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights will be located
All Body compartments
. The lights will be
mounted with mechanical fasteners.

Any remaining compartments will include

6.00 " diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384
, lights in each
enclosed compartment. Each light will have a number
1076
single filament, dual wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0687145
Shelf Tracks, Recessed, PUC/3rd
Generation

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be recessed tracks installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s).

Tracks will not protrude into any compartment in order to provide the greatest compartment space and widest shelves possible.

The tracks will be provided in each compartment except for the one that contains the pump operator's panel.
40 739
Bid #:

0600289
Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations,
Aerial

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
ten (
10 ) shelves
with a capacity of
500
lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .
188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
with

2.00 " sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be
in RS
1 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in RS
2 centered
between the floor and the ceiling, in RS
3 centered between the floor and the ceiling, in RS
1 in the
upper third, in LS
2 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS
3 centered between the floor and
ceiling, in LS
5 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS
2 in the upper third, in LS
1 in the
upper third and in LS
1 in the upper third
.
0742002
SP
Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Fill in Blank, Aerial

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
one (
1 ) shelf
with a capacity of
500
lb provided.

The shelf construction will consist of .
188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
with

2.00 " sides.

Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location(s) will be
In the Forward Narrow Upper Transverse portion of LS
6 /RS
7 compartment
.
0646005
Tray, Floor Mounted, Utility, Two Way
Slide-Out, 500lb, 3" Sides, Full Trans

TWO (
2 ) WAY UTILITY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
floor mounted utility slide-out tray(s) provided
LS
6 /RS
7 . Each tray will be
rated for up to
500
lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of . 19 " thick
aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks.

The corners will be welded. The finish will be
painted spatter gray
.

The tray will be

3.00 " high x full depth of the transverse compartment x as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (
6 ) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two
thirds (
2/3
) of its length to either side of the apparatus.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0647772
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides, 3G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
two (
2 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with

2.00 " sides provided
LS
2 , RS
2 . Each
tray will be rated for up to
500
lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of . 19 "
aluminum with non-welded corners. The finish will be
painted spatter gray
.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or
pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker)
test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0539811
Box, Poly Tool

TOOL BOX
A tool box will be furnished.

The outside size will be

21.00 " long
x

10.00 " wide
x

9.00 " deep
.

The tool box will be
black
in color.

Construction will be of .
50 " polypropylene plastic with joints and seams nitrogen welded. A cut out carrying handle will be provided on each end.

There will be
five (
5 )
provided. It will be located
Ship loose
.
0788899
SP
Box, Poly Tool, Spcl Size, w/ Divider

TOOL BOX
A black poly tool box will be furnished.

The size will be

7.50 " wide x

15.50 " long x

12.50 " deep. There shall be a minimum clear opening
of

6.50 " wide x

14.50 " long x

11.5 " deep. There shall be one (
1 ) divider that runs the length
(

15.50 ") of the poly box
.

There will be one (
1 ) divider that runs the length of the poly box.

Construction will be of .
50 " polypropylene plastic with joints and seams nitrogen welded. A cut out carrying handle will be provided on each end.

Each tool box will be held in place with plastic angles.

There will be
one (
1 )
provided. It will be located
Ship loose
.
0899311
Compt, IPO Chute, Rear Access, RS
Only, 100AAT No Pump, No Tank

COMPARTMENT IPO RIGHT SIDE HOSE CHUTE
There will be an enclosed compartment located on the right side of the body at the rear, in place of the hose chute. The compartment will be approximately

10.00 " wide x

7.00 " high x

54.00 "
deep. The compartment will have a
smooth aluminum
door, hinged
along the outboard edge
with
a
Southco C
2 chrome raised trigger lever latch
.
0028026
Matting, Turtle Tile, Compt Shelving
only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in
16 shelves
. The locations are,
All shelves and
pull out trays
.

The color of the Turtle Tile will be
black
.
41 739
Bid #:

0659383
Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp, Compt
Floors

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in
four (
4 )
compartments on the compartment
floor. The locations are,
LS
4 , LS
6 , RS
4 , RS
7 .

The Turtle Tile will be
black
and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be
black
.
0796215
Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Upturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a

1.00 " vertical upturned lip and no return flange.

A total of
two (
2 )
will be provided and located
LS
6 /RS
7 .
0740036
Door, Single Pan, Painted, RS Sight
Level Gauge, 100AAT

SIGHT LEVEL GAUGE DOOR
A stainless steel, single pan door with a
Southco C
2 chrome raised trigger lever latch
will be
provided and sized to cover the right side body mounted hydraulic sight level gauge. The door will be painted to match the body.
0061917
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, 3.12",
Side of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

3.12 " high with

1.50 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0769018
Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S,
w/Removable Fender Liner, Aerial,
3G, Two Pair

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

An unpainted fender liner will be provided to avoid paint chipping. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion.
0765324
Compt, Air
Bottle/Extinguisher,Between
Tandems,Three
(3),w/Straps,100AAT,Bolt-In

THREE AIR BOTTLE/EXTINGUISHER STORAGE COMPARTMENT
A total of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
will be provided and located
on the right side
centered
between the tandem rear wheels. The compartment will consist of individual bins each designed to hold an air bottles or extinguishers with a maximum diameter of

8.00 " and a maximum depth of

26.00 ".

Each compartment will hold three (
3 ), two (
2 ) stored next to each other in the top area, and one
(
1 ) stored centered below. Each bin will be separated by a partition.

A drain hole and
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
will be provided on the floor of each
compartment. A
lift up with pneumatic spring
with a
pair of Southco raised trigger C
2 chrome lever
latches
will be provided for each compartment. The door will be painted
stainless steel. A
dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

COMPARTMENT STRAP
Straps will be provided in the compartment(s) to help contain the equipment. The straps will wrap around the neck of each and attach to the wall of the compartment. 0760668
Compt, Equipment/Air Pack, Betw
Tandems, No Dividers, w/Strap,
100AAT, Bolt-In

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
A total of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
will be provided and located
on the left side
centered
between the tandem rear wheels. The compartment will be designed to hold equipment with a maximum depth of

26.00 ". The compartment will be one (
1 ) large compartment with no divider or
partitions.

A drain hole and
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
will be provided on the floor of each
compartment. A
lift up with pneumatic spring
with
pair of Southco raised trigger C
2 chrome lever
latches
will be provided for each compartment. The door will be painted
stainless steel. A
dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the compartment(s) to help contain the equipment. 0896096
SP
Compt,Air Bottle w/Fuel Tank,
Common
Door,Single,Strap,8.50"Round,Fende
r Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single)
A quantity of one (
1 )

8.50 " in diameter x

26.00 " deep air bottle storage compartment will be
provided behind the left side tandems. A triangular,
painted
stainless steel door with a
Southco
raised trigger C
2 chrome lever latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle and also cover the fuel tank opening. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle. The strap will wrap around the neck of the bottle and attach to the wall of the compartment. 42 739
Bid #:

0622393
Compt, Air Pack Fender Panel

AIR PACK STORAGE
A total of
two (
2 )
air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located
RS - ahead of and behind
the axles
. The air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately

15.50 " wide at the top and

5.00 " wide at
the bottom for the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be

15.50 " tall at the body side
compartment and

6.00 " tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be

26.00 " deep and
have a drain hole.

Inside the compartment,
black Dura-Surf friction reducing material
will be provided.

A
painted
stainless steel hinged door with a
Southco raised trigger C
2 chrome lever latch
will be
provided to contain the air pack. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0768635
Ladder, 35' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-Sect

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

35 ' two (
2 ) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series
1200
-A extension ladder(s)
provided.
0034226
Ladder, 28', Duo-Safety 1200A 2-
Section

ADDED EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

28 ', two (
2 ) section, aluminum, Duo-Safety Series
1200
A extension ladder
provided.
0004222
Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

24 ' two (
2 ) section aluminum Series
900
-A extension ladder(s) provided and
located
in the aerial torque box
.
0024232
Ladder, 16' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

16 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
875
-A roof ladder(s) provided.
0655286
Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775-DR Roof
with 7/8" Hooks

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

14 ' aluminum roof ladder(s), Duo-Safety series
775
-A with a pair of
7/8
"
hooks at each end provided.
0014232
Ladder, 20' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

20 ' roof, aluminum, Series
875
-A provided.
0024233
Not Required, Attic Extension Ladder

0015157
Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A

FOLDING LADDER, AERIAL
There will be a
14 ' aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series
585
-A folding ladder provided.
0745985
Ladders Stored in Torque Box,
Gortite Roll, 100AAT

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders are stored within the torque box and are removable from the rear.

Ladders will be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders.

The ladders rest in full length stainless steel slides and are arranged in such a manner that any one ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder.

A Gortite rollup door will be provided at the rear, double faced, aluminum construction, and an
anodized satin finish
.

A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for the rear roll-up door . The
latching mechanism will consist of a full length lift bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame.

A stainless plate with a
2 -bend flange and a stainless steel hinge will be provided to secure the aerial ladder complement. The plate assembly will be mounted to the bottom of the entrance of the torque box ladder storage area.

When the plate is vertical, it will secure the ladders and prevent them from migrating to the rear of the apparatus. When the plate is down and not securing the ladders, the rollup door can not close, which will activate the "Open Door Indicator Light" within the cab. The hinged plate will have a positive latching feature that will secure the plate in the vertical position.

Compartment Storage
Below the ground ladder storage will be a water resistant storage compartment with interior measurements of

36.75 " wide x

14.88 " high x

19.75 " deep. The compartment will have a single
pan, drop down door with a
pair of Southco raised trigger C
2 chrome latches
. The compartment
and door material will match body interior. The opening will be

32.38 " wide x

11.75 " high.
0766602
Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,
Pierce LED Strip Lights, 2 Lts,
100AAT

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be

36.00 " white
12 volt DC LED strip lights provided to illuminate the torque box ladder storage area and the compartment directly below the ladder storage. One ( 1 ) light will be
provided on each side of the ladder storage area.

The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened. 43 739
Bid #:

0004249
Slides, Dura-Surf, Ground Ladder
Storage, Horizontal Surfaces,
Ascendant,PAL,PAP

DURA-SURF LADDER SLIDES
Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.
0658169
Ladders, Nested, Left Side Ground
Ladder Storage

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the left side of the ladder storage compartment. The ladders will be nested so that one ladder can be removed without removing the adjoining ladder. 0658170
Ladders, Nested, Right Side Ground
Ladder Storage

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the right side of the ladder storage compartment. 0064320
Pike Pole, 12' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New Yorker, Fiberglass, NYFG-12,
Ram Knob

PIKE POLES
There will be
two (
2 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited NYFG-
12 ,
12 ' pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles and
a ram knob end provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored on the apparatus. 0547754
Not Required, Pike, Pole, 8'

0552649
Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6
6 FT PIKE POLE
There will be
four (
4 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited NY roof hook RH-
6 ,
6 foot pike pole(s) with steel
handles and pry end provided
Transverse engineer compt
.
0548410
Not Required, Pole, Pike, 3'
0068133
Trash Hook, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
TRH-8, w/D Handle

ADDITIONAL PIKE POLE(S)
There will be
two (
2 )

8 ' long trash hook(s), Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model TRH- 8 , with D handle
provided and located
Ladder Storage area
.
0770464
Trough, S/S, Torque Box/Ladder
Storage, D-Handled Pike Pole/Trash
Hooks

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
stainless steel trough(s) provided in the torque box/ladder storage area.

The trough(s) will accommodate a
Nupla fiberglass
8 ' roof vent/trash hook with D handle
.
0770578
Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque
Box/Ladder Storage, ABS

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be ABS tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of four (
4 )
pike
poles.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0058193
Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage, Spcl
Notch, NY PP Head

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of
four (
4 ) pike poles
and will be located
In
Transverse Engineers compartment, final location TBD at Approval Visit. . If the head of a pike
pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. The pike pole tube will be notched to allow a New York style pike pole to fit into the tube. 0531401
Label, Special Information

LABEL
There will be
one (
1 )
label(s) provided
Mounted above Cab Tilt mechanism
with the following
information:
"MECHANICAL SIREN MUST BE ROTATED BEFORE RAISING CAB"
.
0024388
No Steps Required, Front Of Body
0887480
SP
Air Horn, (1) Hadley, In Bumper,
100AAT

AIR HORN SYSTEM
One (
1 ) Hadley air horn will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air, in the brake system.
0606840
Location, Air Horn, Bumper, Left Side,
Inside Frame (Pos #5)
Air Horn Location
The air horn will be located on the left side of the bumper, inside of the frame rail. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
44 739
Bid #:

0757081
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
0723391
Control, Air Horn, Chrome Push
Button Sw, RS
Right side chrome push button switch
0525667
Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200
Watt

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen®, Model
295
SLSA
1 , electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. 0510206
Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be
recessed in the driver side center switch panel
.
0748306
Control, Elec Siren, Multi Select

ELECTRONIC SIREN CONTROL
The electronic siren will be activated by the following:
0899995
Control, Elec Siren, Head

Controlled by siren head only
0601306
Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model SA
315
P, black nylon composite,
100
-watt, speaker with
through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be
connected to the siren amplifier
.
0601560
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Inside Frame
(Pos 3)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, inside of the frame rail. 0895382
Siren, Federal Q2B, Enforcer,
100AAT

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q
2 B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q
2 B siren will be
chrome finish
.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2 -
gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q 2 B+ at the
battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q
2 B- at the battery.

When the chassis battery switch is on, and the emergency master switch is on, the Q 2 B siren will
be activated by the following:
0891153
Siren, Mechanical, Mounted Above
Deckplate, Swivel, 100AAT

The mechanical siren will be mounted on the bumper deck plate. It will be mounted in the center.

The siren will be mounted on a bracket that swivels to the outside of the bumper to prevent the siren from damage when the cab is tilted. A proximity switch will installed with the swivel mount that will interlock to the cab lift system.

The mount will be constructed of polished stainless steel. 0748305
Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748282
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0731979
Control Mech Siren, Chrome Push
Button Sw, RS
Right side chrome push button switch.
0731683
Sw, Siren Brake, Mom Rocker, Red
Outline, Lower Sw Pnl, Mux

A momentary rocker switch with red outline around the black switch will be included in the lower switch panel to activate the siren brake.
0740391
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353
Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
45 739
Bid #:

0798603
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-D, 81",
RRRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 )

81.00 " Whelen® Freedom IV
™
lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side rear corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burn LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

Open in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (
1 )
795
LED traffic light controller sent to
national standard high priority
in the center
positions.

Open in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burn LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side rear corner position.

There will be
clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar .

The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller
with the emergency master switch only
.
no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller .

The two (
2 ) white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (
8 ) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0605741
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5",

RRRR RRRR

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one ( 1 ) on
each side,
over the crew cab doors
.

Each lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside rear corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the rear outside position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the front outside position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

There will be
lenses that are the same color as the LEDs included on the lightbar .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0655256
Light, GTT, Opticom, 76-1000-1155-
0, GPS, Priority Control System

OPTICOM GPS PRIORITY CONTROL DEVICE
There will be a Global Traffic Technologies, Model
76-1000-1155-0
, GPS preemption vehicle kit
provided. This GPS preemption vehicle kit is set for high priority. This system is designed to use satellite communications with a receiver board at an intersection to control the traffic lights.

The system will be activated when the battery switch is on and the emergency master switch is on.

The system will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

The kit will include:

Radio/GPS unit containing a GPS receiver and transceiver Radio/GPS antenna on the cab roof.

A controller, which also provides an interface point between the radio/GPS unit the vehicle wiring, and an external PC used for configuration, diagnostics, and downloading log information. The location of this controller will be
behind the driver's side seat
.
0899319
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6**,
Common Bzl

LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen® Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel with the directional lights per the following:

The
driver's side front warning light to be red
.

The
passenger's side front warning light to be red
.

The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when
the hi-beam headlight switch is activated
or when the
parking brake is set.
46 739
Bid #:

0779787
SP
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
WIONSMC* LED, 2pr

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen®, flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (
2 ) Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " long x

1.37 " deep lights,
one (
1 ) each side on the bumper
extension
. The
driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the
passenger's
side, side front light to include red warning LEDs
.

Two (
2 ) Model WIONSMC*,

1.68 " high x

5.93 " long x

1.12 " deep lights,
one (
1 ) each side above
rear wheels
. The
driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the
passenger's
side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs
.

The
warning light lens colors of the front lights to be the same color as the LEDs and the warning light lens color of the rear lights to be clear
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0743902
Lights, Side, Wln M6** LED, Trm Fet
2nd

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning light(s) with
chrome trim
provided,
rear of crew cab doors (
1 ) each side
.

The
light(s) to include red flashing LEDs
.

The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green and red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0653165
Lights, Side, Wln WION* LED,
Recessed in Cab Steps, 4lts,
AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Vel

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen, Model WION* wide angle flashing LED warning lights with Whelen, Model IONK
1 B black bail mounts provided:

One (
1 ) recessed in the driver's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door.

One (
1 ) recessed in the driver's side crew cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door.

One (
1 ) recessed in the passenger's side crew cab on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door.

One (
1 ) recessed in the passenger's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door.

The color of the lights will be
red
.

These lights will be activated
with the side warning switch
.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0670079
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED,
Chrome Flange, 1st

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
seven (
7 )
Whelen, Model WIONSMC* LED light(s) provided and located one (
1 )
each mounted in the rubrail and centered below the following compartments: LS 1 , LS
2 , LS
5 ,
RS
1 , RS
2 , RS
5 and RS
7 .

The color of each light will be
red
LED with a clear lens.

Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange.

The light(s) will be activated
with the side warning switch
.
0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The
driver's side rear light to be red
The
passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0686562
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2*
LED

REAR UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model MCFLED
2 * LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the
truck, one (
1 ) each side.

The color of the lights will be:

The
rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red
.

The
rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red
.

All lenses will be
the same color as the LED's
.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. 0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0765223
Bracket, 5" Ledge, Over Rear Compt
Door

REAR BODY MOUNTING BRACKET
There will be a

5.00 " deep
aluminum treadplate
bracket provided at the rear of the body,
spanning the width of the rear compartment door. The bracket(s) will be provided to mount lights, cameras, or other accessories. The brackets will include a removable panel to protect the wire connections.
47 739
Bid #:

0791501
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,
36" Long LED, Aerials

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model TAL
65 ,

36.00 " long x

2.87 " high x

2.25 " deep, amber LED
traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTL
5 , control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The
auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on .
0738095
Location, Traf Dir Lt, Surface
Mounted Over Rear Door in Box
100AAT
This traffic directing light will be surface mounted over the rear door, inside the treadplate box at the rear of the apparatus.
0530282
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0779722
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
eight (
8 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
interior stainless steel wall plate(s)
, installed
(
2 ) in RS
2 (
2 ) in RS
3 , (
2 ) in LS
2 , (
2 ) in LS
3 LS
3 /RS
2 (
1 ) each upper rear corners with
24 " coiled Final location TBD at Final LS
3 /RS
3 (
1 )
each when looking into compartment mounted in rear corner on floor mounted with plugs up. . The
NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline inlet
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934
Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753
Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0771866
Aerial, Ascendant 100' Aerial Tower

AERIAL GENERAL INFORMATION
It is the intent of these specifications to describe a mid-mounted telescoping, elevating platform.

The unit will consist of a five (
5 ) section, steel ladder with a self-leveling basket attached to the ladder fly section.

Operation on Grades
The aerial unit will be capable of operating safely, on any slope up to 10 degrees at full
capacities. (Operation beyond this limit will be at the operator's discretion).

Construction Standards
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current edition of NFPA
1901
.

These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
50 percent of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1
structural safety factor
meets the current NFPA
1901
standard.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
20 percent of the minimum ultimate strength of the
material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1
safety factor
meets the current
1901
NFPA standard.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

With the aerial device out of the cradle in the in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder.

The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows.

All welding will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.

The aerial device will be capable of operating in either of the two ( 2 ) following conditions:

Conditions of high wind up to
35 mph
Conditions of icing, up to a coating of

0.25 " over the entire aerial structure
All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:

Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
The following criteria for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:

Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification.

Ladder Construction
The ladder will be comprised of five (
5 ) sections and will extend to a nominal height, of
100
'
above the ground, as measured by
1901
recommendations. The ladder (handrails, baserails,
trusses, k-braces and rungs) will be constructed of welded, high strength steel certified by the manufacturer as being a minimum of
100,000
lb per square inch of yield strength. All critical
points will be reinforced, for extra rigidity, and to provide a high strength-to-weight ratio. Ladder rungs will be round and welded to each section in two ( 2 ) places with "K" bracing for torsional
rigidity. A minimum of

70.25 " of overlap between each of the aerial sections will be provided. 48 739
Bid #:

The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:

Base Section:

56.12 "
Lower Mid Section:

46.12 "
Center Mid Section:

36.62 "
Upper Mid Section:

28.12 "
Fly Section:

22.12 "
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:

Base Section:

40.72 "
Lower Mid Section:

39.08 "
Center Mid Section:

32.32 "
Upper Mid Section:

29.02 "
Fly Section:

26.37 "
Vertical Height
The height of the unit will extend to no less than
100
', as measured by a plumb line from the top
surface of the basket handrail assembly to the ground, with the basket raised to a 77 degree
angle.

Horizontal Reach
The rated horizontal reach will be
93 '. The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards.

Mounting of Elevating Platform
The aerial device will be mid mounted, to a torque box, on the truck chassis.

Torque Box
A "torsion box" subframe will be installed between two sets of stabilizers. The torque box will be constructed of
100,000
lb per square inch yield steel with an integral ladder storage box. The torque box assembly will be capable of withstanding all torsional and horizontal loads when the unit is on the stabilizers. The torque box will be bolted to the chassis frame rails using forty-eight

0.750
" SAE grade
8 bolts with nuts.

Turntable
The turntable will be coated with a non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements in the current NFPA 1901
standard.

The turntable will serve as a step for access to the ladder.

The turntable handrails will be a minimum

42.00 " high and will not increase the overall travel
height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from

1.62 " diameter extruded
6061
-T
6 aluminum with a slip resistant knurled surface. The handrails will be anodized to resist corrosion.

Elevation System
Two (
2 ) double acting, lift cylinders will be utilized to provide smooth, precise elevation from 15 degrees below horizontal to
77 degrees above horizontal. The lift cylinder will be attached to each side of the base section. The lift cylinders will have a

7.50 " internal diameter (bore),

3.50 "
diameter cylinder rod and a

53.89 " stroke. The lift cylinder rod will be chrome plated, to provide smooth operation of the aerial and reduce seal wear. The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located in the cylinder, to prevent the unit from descending should the charged lines be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system and to maintain the ladder in the bedded position during road travel. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

The elevation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:

Collision avoidance of the elevation system to prevent accidental body damage Automatic deceleration when the aerial device is lowered into the cradle Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum raise and lower positions Deceleration of the aerial device from
0 to -
15 degrees
Extension/Retraction System
A hydraulically powered, extension and retraction system will be provided through dual hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. The extension cylinder will have a

6.50 " internal diameter (bore),

2.75 "
diameter rod and a

53.12 " stroke. Each set will be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure, of the other. For safety, systems that use only a single extension/retraction system will not be acceptable. The extension cylinder rod will be chrome plated to provide smooth operation of the aerial device and reduce seal wear. The extension/retraction cylinders will be equipped, with integral holding valves, to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged line be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1

safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above
2:1
during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12
. Wire ropes will be
constructed of seven (
7 ) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The extension/retraction system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:

Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum extend and retract positions Controls the rate of retraction while flowing water
All sheaves and sheave pins will utilize greasable bronze bushings. Sheave pins will be polished stainless steel.

Rotation System
A

54.00 " diameter, external tooth, monorace rotation bearing will be used for the rotation system and will provide
360
degree continuous rotation. The turntable will be bolted to the bearing using 30 SAE grade
8 ,

0.875
" diameter bolts. To secure the bearing to the base support, 36 grade
8 ,

0.875
" diameter bolts will be used. The turntable base and the torque box bearing plate will be 49 739
Bid #:

machined to fit the bearing, thereby providing even distribution of forces. Two ( 2 ) hydraulically
driven, planetary gear boxes, with drive speed reducer, will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control, throughout the entire rotational travel. Each planetary gearbox has a torque rating of
130,000
lb per square inch. A spring applied, hydraulically released, disc type, swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions will be made for auxiliary operation of the rotation system should complete loss of normal hydraulic power occur.

The rotation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:

Envelope control of rotation system to prevent accidental body damage Prevent the aerial from being rotated into the short-jacked side of the unit Manual Override Controls
Manual override controls will be provided for all aerial and stabilizer functions.

Ladder Slide Mechanism
Wear pads will be used between the telescoping ladder sections, to reduce friction for smoother operation. Slide pads will also be used to control side play between the ladder sections.

Basket Leveling System
A basket leveling system will be provided and so designed, that the basket with it's rated load, can be supported and maintained level, relative to the turntable, regardless of the elevation or flexion of the ladder.

The leveling of the basket features a hydraulic cylinder system mounted between the ladder fly section and the basket with each side capable of supporting the load, while maintaining the basket level.

The hydraulic circuitry includes pressure operated counter balance valves, on the load side of the cylinders, to prevent the basket from tipping should the hydraulic lines be severed.

The microprocessor will control the level of the basket during bedding operations, preventing the basket from hitting the body deck when the truck is setup on unlevel ground.

Rotation Interlock
The microprocessor will be used to prevent the rotation of the aerial device, to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed (short-jacked). The microprocessor will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial, in the
180
degree area, on the side(s) where the stabilizers have
been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override, to comply with NFPA 1901
.

Load Capacities
The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360
degree rotation.

A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 35 MPH Wind Conditions/Dry
Degree of Elevation
-
15 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 30
to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
77 Basket
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Fly
-
-
-
-
250
250
500
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
250
500
Center Mid
-
-
250
250
250
500
500
Lower Mid
-
-
250
250
500
500
500
50 739
Bid #:

Base
-
250
500
500
500
500
750
Water Tower Operation
The following capacities will be based upon continuous
360
degree rotation and full extension.
35 MPH Wind Conditions/Water Charged
Degree of Elevation
-
15 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 30
to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
77 Basket
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
-
250
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
-
250
250
Center Mid
-
-
-
-
250
250
500
Lower Mid
-
-
-
250
250
500
500
Base
-
-
250
250
250
500
500
Elevation -
15 to
77 Degrees
The aerial device will be able to maintain the above load capacities while flowing up to 1500
GPM
and a nozzle position of
0 to
90 degrees to either side of the ladder centerline, and as far above and below horizontal to the platform as nozzle design allows.

The aerial device will be able to maintain the above load capacities while flowing up to 2000
GPM
and a nozzle position of
0 to
45 degrees to either side of the ladder centerline, and 30 degrees
above horizontal and as far below horizontal to the platform as nozzle design allows.

Reduced loads in the basket can be redistributed in
250
lb Increments to the fly, mid, or base as
needed.

Ladder Cradle Interlock System
A ladder cradle interlock system will be provided through the microprocessor to prevent the lifting of the aerial device from the nested position until the operator places all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the boom support to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position. 51 739
Bid #:

0680821
Boom Panel, Pair

AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted
#10
white
.

The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes.
0898397
SP
Aerial Extension Markers, 100AAT

EXTENSION INDICATOR MARKERS
There will be a black tape mark on the aerial fly section that will line up with the following colored tape markers on the upper mid section at the specified length:

Black - fully retracted
Red -
35 ' extension
Green -
42 ' extension
0688232
Rung Covers, Aerial Device

AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating.

The rung covers will be glued to each rung, and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside

2.00 " edge at each side will
be
photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions .

Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.

The rung covers will have a
10 -year, limited warranty.
0678539
Brackets Only, Roof/Wall Ladder,
Aerial Fly Section

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
There will be brackets that are
DA finished
provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial
for mounting a roof ladder.

The mounting brackets will accommodate a
14 ' Duo-Safety
775
-A-DR
roof/wall ladder as
determined by the type of aerial device and the available space. 0623645
Aerial Stability Test, Max Tip Options

STABILITY TEST
An aerial stability test will be run on this apparatus using the maximum weight allowance for tip options.
0739658
SP
Cradle/Side Panel, Stokes Storage,
Base Section Above Boom Panel,
100AAT

STOKES STORAGE
There will be stokes storage provided at the base section of the aerial ladder on the right side of
the aerial device while viewed from the turntable
above the aerial boom panel. The storage will
consist of "U" shaped cradles for the stokes basket to sit in. A smooth aluminum panel will be provided on the outboard side of the stokes and will wrap around each end, back towards the aerial device. The top and bottom of the storage will be open. Straps will be used over the top to contain the stokes basket within the cradles. The panel will be painted to match the aerial device
.

The design will be such that it is as narrow as possible to not block the turntable operator's view of the aerial device platform. Stokes basket make/model will be

84.25 x
24 x

7.5 .
0728982
Box, Saw Storage, w/Cover, Base
Section Above Boom Panel, 100AAT,
Door Sw

SAW STORAGE BOX
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
storage box(es) provided at the base section of the aerial ladder, one (
1 ) on
each side of the aerial device
. The box(es) will be
painted to match the aerial device

and located at the tip of the base section
.

The box(es) will have a hinged cover with
pair of rubber
draw latches
and gas struts to secure the saw. The cover will have the same finish as the box.

The cover will be tied in to the open door indicator circuitry when in the open position. The box will have
no louvers
.

The maximum capacity of each box will be
25 lb.
52 739
Bid #:

0770598
Basket, 100AAT

BASKET STRUCTURE
The complete basket structure will be constructed of welded high strength steel certified by the manufacturer to have a minimum of
100,000
lb per square inch yield strength on all structural
members. The aerial basket will be fully tested and independent third party certified.

The flooring of the basket will be multi-piece Morton Cass material, preventing the accumulation of water on the standing surface. The floor will measure approximately

33.63 " long x

72.75 " wide.

The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of current NFPA 1901
standard.

The outside basket steps used for transferring in and out of the basket will be at the same level as the basket floor and will be constructed of aluminum treadplate. The steps on the front and sides are approximately

8.00 " deep. The front corners of the basket step will be mitered at 45 degrees to allow the basket to be maneuvered closer to buildings when approaching at an angle.

Four (
4 ) stainless steel pompier belt safety loops will be attached to the inside of the basket. Two (
2 ) lifting eyes will be provided on the bottom side of the basket support structure. Each lifting eye will be rated for
500
lb.

Four (
4 ) rubber bumpers are provided on the bottom side of the basket structure for damage protection when setting it down on a surface.

The basket interior will be illuminated as required per the current edition of NFPA 1901
. Electrical
sub-components will be mounted under the basket in a enclosed area providing protection from heat exposure while allowing for easy servicing and maintaining an unobstructed basket interior.

BASKET SIDES
The sides of the basket will be of tubular steel construction and aluminum sheet skin, and along with the basket doors, will form a continuous

42.00 " high wall around the basket.

PLATFORM ENTRANCES/EXITS
Two (
2 ) swing-in, spring-loaded, self-closing doors will be of steel frame construction with an aluminum sheet skin and will be provided on the
45 degree angles at the front of the platform. A
paddle style door latch will allow the basket doors to be opened from the outside by applying pressure to the paddle with the hand. The rear of the platform will be equipped with a vertical self- closing gate for transfer to and from the platform's ladder device.

ACCESSORY MOUNTING RECEPTACLES
Universal accessory mounting receptacles will be permanently affixed on the left side of the basket to receive options such as the rescue basket holders, rappelling arms, roof ladder brackets, winch, etc. Complete interchangeability will be required without modification to the basket.
0765470
Rubber Bumper, Perimeter of Basket,
100AAT

RUBBER BUMPER ON BASKET
A black rubber bumper will be provided on the edge of the front and sides of the platform basket exterior stepping area.
0754365
Cover, MUX Display, Platform

MULTIPLEX DISPLAY COVER
A cover will be provided for the multiplex display in the platform basket. The cover will be hinged at the front of the basket and when down it will cover the multiplex display. The cover will be constructed of
brushed stainless steel
.

The cover will be held down with a
rubber draw latch
.
0803225
Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, On
Scene, LED, 100AAT

LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be On Scene Model
73006
-WHW

6.00 " long white LED lights and P
25 white LED lights
with
chrome housing
provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.
0767535
Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq E-
10, LED

TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (
1 ), TecNiq Model E
10 , white LED light mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0732762
Basket Heat Shields, 100AAT

BASKET HEAT SHIELDS
A heat reflective shield constructed of

0.063
aluminum will be provided on the front, sides,
bottom, and access doors of the basket.

The front, side and access door heat shields will be painted to match the aerial basket.

The heat shields on the bottom of the basket will be easily removable for ease of servicing components located under the basket. These heat shields will be provided with a non-glare finish. 0766953
Control Stations, 100AAT

INFORMATION CENTER
There will be an information center provided. The information center will operate in temperatures from -
40 to
185
degrees Fahrenheit. The information center will employ a Linux operating system and a

7.00 " (diagonal measurement) LCD display. The LCD will have a 1000
nits rated color
display. The LCD will be daylight visible. The LCD display will be encased in an ABS, grey plastic housing with a black decal. There will be five (
5 ), weather-resistant user interface buttons
provided. The LCD display can be changed to an optional single foreign language.

Operation
The information center will be designed for easy operation in everyday use. There will be a page button to cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow an NTSC camera signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. If any button is pressed while viewing a video feed, the information center will return to the vehicle information screens. There will be a menu button to provide access to maintenance, setup, and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed.

General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide vehicle information At A
Glance
. If the
53 739
Bid #:

information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background color will be used. If the information provided on a screen is not within acceptable limits, an amber background color will indicate a caution condition and a red background color will indicate a warning condition.

Every screen in the information center will include the aerial tip temperature, the time ( 12 - or
24 -
hour mode) and a text Alert Center. The time will be synchronized between all Command Zone color displays located on the vehicle. The Alert Center will display text messages for audible alarms. The text messages will identify any items causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) audible alarm is activated, the text message for each alarm will cycle every second until the problems have been resolved. The background for the Alert Center will change to indicate the severity of the warning message. Amber will indicate a caution condition and red will indicate a warning condition. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all Alert Center messages.

A label will be provided for each button. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. If the button is not utilized on specific screens, it will have a button label with no text.

Symbols will accurately depict the aerial device type the information pertains to such as rear mount ladder, rear mount platform, mid-mount ladder or mid-mount platform.

Page Screens
The Information center will include the following pages:

The Aerial Main and Load Chart page will indicate the following information:

Rungs Aligned and Rungs Not Aligned will be indicated with text and respective green or red colored ladder symbols.

Ladder Elevation will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle with ladder symbol with the degree of elevation indicated between the vehicle and ladder.

Water Flow (if applicable) will be indicated via a water nozzle symbol and text indicating flow / time.

Breathing Air Levels will be indicated via an air bottle symbol and text indicating the percent (%) of air remaining. A green bar graphs shown inside the bottle will indicate oxygen levels above 20 percent. A red bar graph will indicate oxygen levels at or below 20 percent. When oxygen levels
are at or below
10 percent the red bar graph will flash.

The Aerial Load Chart will indicate the load limit on each section of the ladder based on actual ladder position and water flow (if applicable).

At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background.

Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Aerial Reach and Hydraulic Systems page will indicate the following information:

Aerial Hydraulic Oil Temperature will be indicated with symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.

Aerial Hydraulic Oil Pressure will be indicated with a symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.

The following calculations will be indicated on a representative vehicle symbol:

Aerial Device Extension length.

Aerial Device Height indicating the height of the aerial device tip from the ground.

Aerial Device Reach indicating the horizontal distance the aerial reaches from the turntable.

Aerial Device Angle indicating the angle from the vehicle which the device is at.

At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background.

Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Level Vehicle page will indicate the following information:

The grade of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of grade shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle grade.

The slope of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of slope shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle slope.

Outriggers status will be indicated via a colored symbol for each outrigger present. Each outrigger status will be defined as one of the following:

Outrigger stowed indicated with a silver pan located close to the vehicle Outrigger fully extended indicated with a fully deployed green outrigger Outrigger short-jacked indicated by a yellow outrigger partially deployed Outrigger not set indicated by a red outrigger that is not set on the ground A text box located on the vehicle symbol will be utilized to identify the overall status of the outrigger leveling system. The following status will be indicated in the text box:

Deployed status will indicate all outriggers are properly set on the ground at full extension Shortjacked status will indicate one or more outriggers are set on the ground but not fully extended.

Not Set status will indicate one or more outriggers is not properly set on the ground.

Stowed status will indicate all outriggers are stowed for vehicle travel.

A bedding assist alert will indicate that the aerial device is being aligned by the Command Zone system as the operator lowers the aerial device into the cradle with the joystick.

At A Glance
color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background.

Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

Menu Screens
The following screens will be available through the Menu button:

The View System Information screen will display aerial device hours, aerial PTO hours, ladder aligned for stowing, aerial rotation angle, total water flow (if applicable), and aerial waterway valve status (if applicable).

The Set Display Brightness screen will allow brightness increase and decrease and include a default setting button.

The Configure Video Mode screen will allow setting of video contrast, video color and video tint.

The Set Startup screen allows setting of the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up.

The Set Date and Time screen has a
12 - or
24 -hour format, and allows setting of the time and
date.

The View Active Alarms screen shows a list of all active alarms including the date and time of each alarm occurrence and shows all alarms that are silenced.

The System Diagnostics screen allows the user to view system status for each module and it's respective inputs and outputs. Viewable data will include the module type and ID number; the module version; and module diagnostics information including input or output number, the circuit 54 739
Bid #:

number connected to that input or output, the circuit name (item connected to the circuit), status of the input or output, and other module diagnostic information.

Aerial calibrations screen indicates items that may be calibrated by the user and instructions to follow for proper calibration of the aerial device.

Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

LOWER CONTROL STATION
A lower control station with pendant control will be located at the rear of the apparatus in an easily accessible area. The controls and indication labels will be illuminated for nighttime operation. The following items will be furnished at the lower control station and will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:

Level assist switch
Override switch to override microprocessor
Emergency power unit switch

AERIAL DEVICE CONTROL STATIONS
There will be two (
2 ) aerial device control stations, one (
1 ) will be referred to as the basket control
station, and the other as the turntable control station. All elevation, extension, and rotation controls will operate from both of these locations. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions, within the safe limits as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards. The controls will be clearly marked and illuminated for night time operation.

Each control will be equipped with an operator presence, preventing accidental activation.

TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION
The turntable control station will be located on the right side of the turntable so the operator may easily observe the basket while operating the controls. A console cover will be provided at the turntable control station. The controls will be so designed to allow the turntable control station to immediately override the basket controls even if the ladder is being operated by the basket controls.

The following items will also be provided at the turntable control station and be clearly identified and illuminated for nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:

Three (
3 ) separate controls for raise/lower, extend/retract, and left/right rotation Intercom controls
Tip tracking light switch
Emergency power unit switch
Operator's load chart
Two (
2 ) position switch for selecting aerial operational speed Aerial monitor switches

BASKET CONTROL STATION
The basket control station will be located at the front, center of the platform basket. The following items will also be provided at the basket control station and be clearly identified and illuminated for nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:

Three (
3 ) separate controls for raise/lower, extend/retract, and left/right rotation Intercom controls
Tip tracking light switch
Basket leveling switches
Operator's load chart
Aerial monitor switches

HIGH IDLE
The high idle will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will automatically adjust the engine rpm, to compensate for the amount of load placed upon the system. The system will include a safety device that allows activation of the high idle, only when the parking brake is set and the transmission is placed in neutral. 0751348
Lights, Basket Interior, CLC-1049-20,
20" 100AAT

INTERIOR BASKET ILLUMINATION
There will be three (
3 )

20.00 " weather resistant strip lights with white LEDs and stainless steel shield provided to illuminate the interior of the aerial basket.

One (
1 ) light over the control console
One (
1 ) light on the left side rear of the basket
One (
1 ) light on the right side rear of the basket
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the aerial master switch is on. 55 739
Bid #:

0771862
Stabilizers, 100AAT, Three Sets

STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of six ( 6 ) hydraulically
operated stabilizers. The middle two (
2 ) will be out and down style, the front and rear two ( 2 ) will
be down only. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.

The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 18 ' measured from the centerline of
the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be

6.81 " wide x

13.00 " high
with

1.00 " thick top and bottom plates and
1/2
" thick sides of
100,000
-PSI minimum yield strength
steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to ensure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.

The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

2.25 " bore,

1.38 " rod, and

62.25 "
stroke.

The front vertical jack cylinders will be capable of

15.00 " ground penetration. The middle and rear
vertical jack cylinders will be capable of

18.00 " ground penetration. The cylinders will be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base, NOT in the transfer tube.

Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

4.25 " bore,

3.00 " rod, and

34.88 " stroke.

The middle and rear stabilizer jack will have a pan that will be a maximum of

14.00 " wide so as to
allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This pan will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back
90 degrees for added strength. The front stabilizers will be designed for easy cab tilt.

STABILIZER PADS
The stabilizer footpad will include an integrated stabilizer pad. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will automatically position itself when being stowed so that no portion of the foot extends outside the body.

STABILIZER CONTROLS
A portable stabilizer control pendant will be provided. The control pendant will be weatherproof and oil resistant. Each function and indicator light will be labeled on a mylar lexan panel. The control pendant can be taken as far away as
15 ' from the vehicle with an attached coil cable.

The stabilizer control pendant will include the following:

One (
1 ) green power indicator light for stabilizer control that will be illuminated when the Stabilizer Power Enable switch has been activated. This will be interlocked such that the aerial master must be activated, the ladder is in the cradle, or the Global Override at the rear of the apparatus is activated.

Two (
2 ) electric toggle switches for stabilizers: each toggle switch will control the extend/retract (middle only) and raise/lower (front/middle/rear) of its respective stabilizer to allow vehicle set up in restricted areas and/or on uneven surfaces.

Level assist switch: The stabilizer control system will incorporate a computerized leveling system to enhance the stabilizer set up. The computerized system will ensure full stabilizer extension, proper jack penetration, and will level the vehicle within eight tenths of a degree of level for safe operation of the aerial device.

Stow assist switch: The stabilizer control system will incorporate a computerized system to move all six (
6 ) stabilizer shoes to the full raised position while this switch is held.

Tilt assist toggle switch: The stabilizer control system will incorporate a computerized system to tilt the chassis to five (
5 ) degrees for enhanced side angle deployment of the aerial device.

One (
1 ) electric push button switch for the engaging the emergency power unit.

One (
1 ) red "stabilizer not stowed" indicator light: this light will illuminate when the stabilizers are not in the fully stowed position.

Two (
2 ) fully extended beams green indicator lights: these lights will be illuminated when each of the respective stabilizer beams are fully extended.

Six (
6 ) firm on ground green indicator lights: each light will be illuminated when its respective stabilizer shoe is in the load supporting condition.

Each toggle switch will activate the engine fast idle automatically.

Manual override will be supplied for each stabilizer control valve.

A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator will be provided in the driver's compartment. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Indicator Light", which will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.

CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A cradle interlock system will be provided, to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position, until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the cradle, to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position.
0729051
Stabilizer Pan and Trim Material

STABILIZER PAN AND TRIM MATERIAL
The aerial stabilizer pans will be
polished stainless steel
and the aerial stabilizer trim will be
polished stainless steel
.
56 739
Bid #:

0746173
Door, Stabilizer Control Box, Aerial
MUX, 100AAT

STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOOR
A vertically hinged
smooth aluminum
door will be provided over the stabilizer control box. The door will be hinged
along the inboard edge
and provided with a
Southco C
2 chrome raised trigger
lever latch
.
0615058
Stabilizer Placement, Cameras
w/Command Zone Color Display, 1
Set

STABILIZER PLACEMENT
There will be two (
2 ) cameras provided and installed on the body, one (
1 ) directly above each
stabilizer. The cameras will be activated with a switch in the cab and will provide a picture to specify the fully extended stabilizer position allowing the driver the ability to position the vehicle with the proper clearance for stabilizer deployment.
0771218
Hydraulic System, 100AAT

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufacturers certified technician.

All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components.

Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000
psi and a burst pressure
rating of
16,000
psi.

All hydraulic fittings and tubing will be plated or constructed of 304
stainless steel to minimize
corrosion.

The fitting will use an O-ring seal where possible to minimize hydraulic leaks.

An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in the current NFPA 1901
standard.

The system will meet the performance requirement of the current NFPA 1901
standard, which
requires adequate cooling less than

2.5 hours of operations.

All hydraulic components that are non-sealing whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial will comply with current NFPA
1901
standards and have burst strength of
4:1
.

Dynamic sealing components whose failure could cause aerial movement will have a margin of 2:1
on maximum operating pressure per the current NFPA
1901
standard.

All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have a minimum burst strength of 3:1
per the
current NFPA
1901
standard.

A chassis mounted positive displacement piston pump for consistent pressure and rapid responses will supply hydraulic power for all aerial operations. The positive displacement pump will provide
3,000
psi. The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations.

Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to
1000
SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.

The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13
based on
the ISO
4406:1999
cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system.

Oil samples can be taken from the hydraulic manifold GP 1 port which is also used for verifying
system pressure.

Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir.

The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks.

Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel.

The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on the turntable display.

The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at
3,500
psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator
malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage.

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.

Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges. No manifold or transfer tube mounted cartridge will be acceptable.

Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1
to failure.

All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.

POWER TAKEOFF/HYDRAULIC PUMP
The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated by an electric shift, located inside the cab. The power takeoff which drives the hydraulic pump will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations.

An amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that the power takeoff is engaged.

An interlock will be provided that allows operation of the aerial power takeoff shift only after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle.

The hydraulic system will be supplied by a variable displacement load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.

EMERGENCY PUMP
The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of the current NFPA
1901
standard.

The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for
30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow
the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.

AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
57 739
Bid #:

The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be electrically controlled and be located below the swivel and integrated with the stabilizer control manifold. The handles will be oriented outward and will be spaced

1.80 " apart. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper sealing of any cylinder holding cartridge.

OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of
39 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily
accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. A drain port will be provided.

Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The emergency suction port will be raised slightly off the bottom of the reservoir.

Magnetic filter will be installed in line with the return hose.

A float type sending unit in the reservoir will provide an indication of oil level on an electronic display. A temperature sending unit in the reservoir will provide indication of the oil temperature on an electronic display.

The hydraulic oil reservoir will be labeled per the current edition of NFPA 1901
standard.

RETURN FILTER
The low pressure oil return filter will be remote mounted in the return line and designed to prevent oil loss during filter change. A
50 psi bypass will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal operating temperatures. The system will incorporate the following filter to provide dependable service:
return filter: beta
1000
at
6 micron
0767932
Swivels, w/Encoder, 36, 100AAT

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a three (
3 ) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel which will
connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the rotation point to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360
degree continuous rotation of the
aerial.

ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360
degrees rotation of the aerial
while connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 36 collector rings
will be provided that are capable of supplying
20 amp continuous service. All collector rings will
be enclosed and protected with desiccant plugs against condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used.

WATER SWIVEL
Water will be transferred to the aerial waterway by means of a

5.00 " internal diameter waterway,
through the swivel, permitting
360
degree continuous rotation.
13 -BIT ABSOLUTE ENCODER
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a
13 -Bit Absolute Encoder which provides
8192
counts per
shaft turn for position and direction reference.

The
13 -Bit Absolute Encoder will provide a unique binary word to reference each position and direction for all
360
degrees of rotation.

If the power is interrupted for any reason, the
13 -Bit Absolute Encoder will allow power to be
returned to the system without having to re-zero the settings.

The
13 -Bit Absolute Encoder will be an integral part of a micro-processor based control system. 58 739
Bid #:

0767931
Electrical System, 100AAT

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The aerial device will utilize a microprocessor-based control system. The system will consist of the following components:

Control System Modules
Each of the control system modules will be configured as follows:

Sealed to a NEMA
4 X rating
Operating range from -
40 degrees F to
156
degrees F (-
40 degrees C to
70 degrees C)
Communicate using J
1939
data link
Two (
2 ) diagnostic LED lights
One (
1 ) green light that illuminates when module has power (B+) and ground One (
1 ) red light that flashes to indicate the module is capable of communicating via the data link Up to
16 diagnostic LEDs on each module
Ground matrix identification system
The following control system modules will be used:

Control Module
Main controller for the system
USB connection allows for computer diagnostics
Power Module
Built-in fault sensing
Eight (
8 ) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
10 A continuous per output
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Current Control Module
Built-in fault sensing
Three (
3 ) analog inputs
Eight (
8 ) digital outputs
Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
3 A continuous per output
Closed Loop System
Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Input Module
16 software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Output Module
16 digital outputs
Input/Output Module
Eight (
8 ) software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Eight (
8 ) digital outputs
Valve Module
36 digital inputs
36 digital outputs
0757381
Light, Tip, Wln P*H2* LED, Front of
Basket Bail Brkt 100AAT 1lts

TIP LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen® Model P*H
2 *,
18,520
lumens
12 volt DC light with white LEDs and
vertically adjustable bail mount installed on the front of the basket per the following:

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The
a combination of flood and spot optics
.

The lights will be controlled
at the turntable and tip
.
0752453
Lights, Tracking, Wln MPB* LED,
100AAT 2lts

TRACKING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen® MPB*,
5,695
lumens
12 volt DC LED lights with bail bracket
mounts installed near the tip of the base section of the aerial device. The lights are installed at the tip so the overall width of the apparatus is not affected. The lights will be mounted below the top edge of the aerial device so the overall height of the apparatus is not affected.

One (
1 ) located on the left side with
spot optics
One (
1 ) located on the right side with
spot optics
The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

Power to the lights will be controlled by a master on/off switch at the turntable control operator's position.
0740232
Basket Access, w/ Flip Down Step,
Lift Bar Latch, Lit Handrails,100AAT

BASKET ACCESS
Access to the basket will be provided by a pull-out, swing-down climbing ladder. The

2.25 " deep
climbing ladder surfaces will be constructed with Traction Tread®. The bottom step will be a flip- down, stirrup step. The access ladder will be recessed into the angled corners of the rear body on each side.

The step well will be
aluminum treadplate
.

All stepping surfaces will have a height not greater than

14.00 " from top surface to top surface.

The bottom stepping height will not exceed

24.00 " from the ground to the top of the stepping
surface at any time.

A Hansen
illuminated knurled aluminum handrail
will be provided on the top of the body and at
the top of the interior step well assembly. The end stanchions will be provided by Hansen. The lights will be activated
when the parking brake is applied
. The lights will be
white
.
59 739
Bid #:

0894586
Lights, Step (4), P25, Ladder Style
Access Steps, Both Sides

STEP LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
provided for each set of aerial
basket access steps.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be actuated
when parking brake is applied
.

These lights will meet NFPA requirements for step lighting. 0888079
Lights, Stabilizer Warn (2) Sets, Wln
M6**, Lw Int

STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be our (
4 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *C,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " wide x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning lights with
chrome trim
and the
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs

installed per the following:

One (
1 ) light installed on the left side front stabilizer pan. The left side front stabilizer pan warning
light to include red LEDs
.

One (
1 ) light installed on the left side rear stabilizer pan. The left side rear stabilizer pan warning
light to include red LEDs
.

One (
1 ) light installed on the right side rear stabilizer pan. The right side rear stabilizer pan
warning light to include red LEDs
.

One (
1 ) light installed on the right side front stabilizer pan. The right side front stabilizer pan
warning light to include red LEDs
.

The lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights or the aerial master switch.

Each light will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. 0068703
Lights, Grote Supernova LED,
Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set

STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (
2 )

4.00 " diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one ( 1 ) facing
forward and one (
1 ) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The
lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch.
0762387
Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (3) sets,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, 100AAT

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,
12 " long, white LED strip light
installed under each stabilizer beam to illuminate the surrounding area. A total of six ( 6 ) lights will
be installed. The lights will be activated by the aerial master switch. 0764091
DC Power To Tip, 12.88 Amp,
100AAT

DC POWER CABLE TO TIP
There will be a cable installed in the aerial device to provide

12.88 amps @
12 volts DC to the tip
of the aerial device.
0736312
SP
Light, Wln P*H1*, 12 Volt Under
Corner Steps, 100AAT, 1st

UNDER PLATFORM LIGHTING
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model P*H
1 *,
9,260
lumens light(s) with white LEDs,
a
combination of flood and spot optics
and bail brackets provided under the platform steps per the following:

One (
1 ) light installed under the left side corner step in the center position and One ( 1 ) light
installed under the right side corner step in the center position .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The light(s) will be controlled from a switch(es) at the platform/tip and turntable
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0737181
Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research
ICA910 Hands Free

2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
There will be a Fire Research model ICA
910
two-way intercom system provided. The control
module with an LED volume display and push-button volume control will be located on the turntable operator console.

A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed.

Each intercom unit will be weatherproof.
0540918
Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip,
Aerial Platform
0024742
Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To
Tip
0767396
Aerial Pedestal, 100AAT

AERIAL PEDESTAL
The aerial pedestal will accommodate the height of the cab. 60 739
Bid #:

0766834
Lyfe Brackets, 3-In-1, Used w/Duo-
Safety 875 Ladders ONLY, 100AAT

Lyfe
Combo
™

BRACKETS
Brackets will be provided to increase the safety of firefighters during fire ground and rescue operations. The removable brackets will have the following three ( 3 ) functions: securing a roof
ladder to the basket, two (
2 ) rappelling anchor points, and mounting bars to allow the secure mounting of a rescue basket stretcher.

Lyfe
Ladder
™
brackets will be designed to allow firefighter access below the basket using up to a 20 ' roof ladder. The ladder will be secured through its beams and one ( 1 ) rung, by a

1.00 "
diameter aluminum rod capable of being positively latched in place and able to withstand a minimum of a
500
lb load. There will be a latch to keep the ladder in a vertical position at all times.

A set of nylon guides will be provided to aid in positioning the roof ladder on the mounting brackets.

Two (
2 )
Lyfe
Eye
™
rappelling arms will be provided. Forged stainless steel eyebolts with a

1.38 "
inside diameter will be incorporated into the design of the brackets for use as a rappel line anchor. Each anchor point will have a capacity of
300
lb.

Lyfe
Support
™
rescue basket support brackets will be provided to allow patient transport using the aerial. Two (
2 ) quick clip basket straps will be used to secure the basket to the brackets.

Strain gauging and testing will have been completed on the system (ladder and complete holding device) to ensure structural integrity of all components and maintain a minimum of two to one (
2:1
) safety factor.
0803754
SP
Hitch Receiver, 10,000 lb, LS/RS,
Under Body Sides, Fwd of Tandems,
100AAT

HITCH, WINCH MOUNT
A hitch receiver will be supplied at the left and right side of the vehicle in front of the rear wheels.

The hitch will not interfere with the angle of departure and will be tied directly to the frame rails.

The hitch will be capable of up to a
10,000
lb direct pull. Receiver plugs will be provided for the receiver when it is not in use.
0767148
Turntable Access, ManSaver Bar,
Red

AERIAL TURNTABLE MANSAVER
™
BAR
A ManSaver
™

bar will be red in color and installed at the aerial turntable. 0804860
Waterway, 100AAT

AERIAL WATERWAY
The aerial waterway will be capable of being supplied by either a midship mounted pump or an external water source through a

5.00 " intake at the side of the apparatus.

5.00 " water swivel will be installed below the aerial turntable permitting the ladder to rotate 360

degrees continuously.

5.00 " water swivel will be installed at the aerial heel pivot pin that will permit water tower operations of -
15 degrees to
77 degrees. The heel pivot pin will not be integral with the waterway swivel at any point. The waterway design will allow complete servicing of the waterway swivel without disturbing the heel pivot pin.

A telescoping aluminum waterway will be installed on the side of the aerial ladder sections. The waterway will consist of a

5.50 " diameter tube for the base section,

5.00 " diameter tube for the
lower mid section,

4.50 " diameter tube for the center mid section,

4.00 " diameter tube for the
upper mid section, and

3.50 " diameter tube for the fly section.

1.50 " drain will be provided for the waterway. The drain will be located below the body on the
right side rearward of the running board
.

WATERWAY SEALS
The waterway seals will be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to
2000
psi, temperatures in excess of
250
degrees
Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated.

The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation.

PLATFORM WATER SYSTEM
A

4.00 " (internal diameter) water swivel will connect the fly section waterway to the platform waterway. The water swivel will permit water tower operations from - 15 degrees to
77 degrees.

The water will be routed from the swivel to a

4.00 " gear operated valve(s) on the front of the
platform using a combination of

4.00 " tubes and piping. The monitor(s) will be bolted onto the valve(s).

2.50 " preset pressure relief valve will be provided in the waterway system. It will be designed to protect the aerial waterway from excess pressure. It will dump water to the ground when operating.

A shower nozzle rated at
75 gpm will be provided beneath the platform for heat protection for the platform personnel. A direct linkage control for the shower nozzle will be provided. 0016952
(1) Preconnect At Platform, 2
Monitors
One (1) - 2.50" preconnect will be provided at the front of the platform with a swivel elbow. The preconnect will be gated at the platform. The preconnect will be furnished with 2.50" NST threads and chrome plated cap.
0630798
Monitors, (2), Akron, 3481
StreamMaster II Manual, 3480
StreamMaster II Electric

AERIAL MONITOR
Two (
2 ) Akron monitors will be provided at the platform.

One (
1 ) will be a
3481
StreamMaster II manual handwheel controlled with a
Akron
3499
stacked
tips and
3485
stream shaper
.

One (
1 ) will be a
3480
StreamMaster II electronic control with stow and deploy and a Akron
2000

gpm Model
5178
electric nozzle with built in stream shaper
.

The controls for the electronic monitors will be located at the platform and the turntable control console.
61 739
Bid #:

0086971
Flowmeter, Waterway, MUX, PAP

WATERWAY FLOWMETER
Waterway flow, including total water flowed, will be monitored by the microprocessor. An LCD display will be located at the upper and lower control stations. 0762792
Inlet, 5.00", S/S,100AAT, Both Sides,
No Pump, No Tank

WATERWAY INLET
There will be a

5.00 " schedule
10 stainless steel inlet pipe on the left and right side of the apparatus. Each inlet will be connected to the base of the ladder, through the turntable swivel, to assure continuous rotation. Each inlet will terminate with a

5.00 " NST chrome adapter and a long
handled chrome cap.

Two (
2 ) P
25 LED lights will be provided. These lights will be installed one ( 1 ) on the left and right
side of the apparatus to illuminate the water gauges. These lights will be activated with the step lights.
0047901
Not Required, Tools, Aerial, PAL/PAP

0655391
Manuals and Training, 4 Consecutive
Days, Platform, 100AAT

MANUALS
The aerial manufacturer will provide two (
2 ) operator maintenance manuals and two (
2 ) wiring
diagrams pertaining to the aerial device.

INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of four ( 4 ) consecutive days.
0007150
Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (
1 ) bag
of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
62 739
Bid #:

0602507
NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Aerial, NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire
Department

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 will be
provided by the fire department.

Two (
2 )
3 ft -
4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

Two (
2 ) crowbars.

Two (
2 ) claw tools.

Two (
2 )
12 lb (
5 kg) sledgehammers.

One (
1 ) SCBA complying with NFPA
1981
for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than
four (
4 ), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.

One (
1 ) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).

One (
1 ) first aid kit.

Six (
6 ) salvage covers, each a minimum size of
12 ft ×
18 ft (

3.6 m ×

5.5 m).

Four (
4 ) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (
2 ) scoop shovels.

One (
1 ) pair of bolt cutters,
24 " (

0.6 m) minimum.

Four (
4 ) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA
1983
.

One (
1 )
150
ft (
45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983
.

One (
1 )
150
ft (
45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983
.

Two (
2 )
150
ft (
45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000
lb (
2300
kg).

One (
1 ) box of tools to include the following:
one (
1 ) hacksaw with three (
3 ) blades
one (
1 ) keyhole saw
one (
1 )
12 " (.
3 m) pipe wrench
one (
1 )
24 " (.
6 m) pipe wrench
one (
1 ) ballpeen hammer
one (
1 ) pair of tin snips
one (
1 ) pair of pliers
one (
1 ) pair of lineman's pliers
assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers
assorted adjustable wrenches
assorted combination wrenches
One (
1 ) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207
,
Standard
for High Visibility Public Safety Vests
, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (
2 ) at the shoulders, two (
2 ) at the sides, and one (
1 ) at the front.

Five (
5 ) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than

28.00 " (
711
mm) in height, each equipped
with a

6.00 " (
152
mm) retro-reflective white band no more than

4.00 " (
152
mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional

4.00 " (
102
mm) retro-reflective white band

2.00 " (
51 mm) below the

6.00 " (
152
mm) band.

Five (
5 ) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five ( 5 ) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

One (
1 ) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

One (
1 ) double female

2.50 " adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).

One (
1 ) double male

2.50 " adapter with National Hose Threads (if equipped with a fire pump).

One (
1 ) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections (if equipped with a fire pump).

Two (
2 ) hydrant wrenches (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus (if equipped with a fire pump).

If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than

3.00 " (
75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of

16.6.6 (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the apparatus does not have a

2.50 " National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from

2.50 " NH
female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake (if equipped with a fire pump).

If the supply hose carried has other than

2.50 " National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be
carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a

2.50 " NH thread male discharge and to allow the
hose to connect to a

2.50 " NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake (if equipped with a fire pump). 0602535
Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Aerial
NFPA 2016, Provided by Fire
Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 requires one (
1 ) approved dry chemical portable fire
extinguisher with a minimum
80 -B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602354
Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, Aerial,NFPA 2016,Provided by
Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, section

8.9.3 requires one (
1 )

2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher
mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0007482
Not Required, Crowbars

0007484
Not Required, Claw Tools

63 739
Bid #:

0602675
Axes, (2) Flathead, Aerial NFPA
2016, Provided by Fire Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

8.9.3 requires two (
2 ) flathead axes mounted in brackets
fastened to the apparatus.

The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes.
0602673
Axes, (3) Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department, Aerial NFPA 2016

PICKHEAD AXES PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1901
,
2016
edition, Section

8.9.3 requires three (
3 ) pickhead axes mounted in brackets
fastened to the apparatus.

The axes are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axes.
0007494
Not Required, Sledgehammers

0741569
Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing
process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature
3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Base
coat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW
15777
global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6

A.C.T.standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems
will be

99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
64 739
Bid #:

0709566
Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #20
white
and the lower section
painted
#356
RED
. There will be
a special two-tone cab paint break at the roof line provided .

There will be
no cab shield provided
.
0709845
Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be
painted to match the lower section of the cab
.
0646901
Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with
a single system black top coat
before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Air tanks
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (
2 ) C-channel frame rails
Two (
2 ) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797
No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels

0687652
Paint, Rear Wheels, Tandem Axle,
Alum-Stl

PAINT, REAR WHEELS
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside of inboard steel wheels only, will be provided with powder
coat paint
#101
black
.
0733739
Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted
to match lower job color
.
0007230
Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
65 739
Bid #:

0792638
Aerial Platform Paint

AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing process as follows:
1 .

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2 .

Zinc Rich Primer
- Zinc rich primer will be applied to the torque box and stabilizers. 3 .

Primer/Surfacer Coats
- A two (
2 ) component epoxy primer/surfacer will be applied to the mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two ( 2 ) component epoxy caulk before
painting.
4 .

Hand Sanding
- The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish.
5 .

Primer Coat
- A two (
2 ) component epoxy primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer. 6 .

Topcoat Paint
- Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 7 .

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of an automotive grade two (
2 ) component urethane will be applied.

Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor.

Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items.

The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven ( 7 ) step
finishing process:

Aerial basket and basket leveling cylinders at tip:
white
20 Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders:
white
20 Aerial turntable and leveling cylinders (if applicable) at turntable:
white
20 Aerial control console:
white
20 Aerial lift cylinders:
white
20 Aerial rotation motor (if applicable):
white
20 Aerial torque box, support structure and components below the rotation point:
gloss black primer
Aerial stabilizers (middle and rear only):
white
20 Aerial boom support:
white
20 0544124
Reflective Band, 1"-4"-1"

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (
3 ) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a

1.00 "
white
stripe at the top with a

1.00 " gap then a

4.00 "
white
stripe with a

1.00 " gap and a

1.00 "
white
stripe on the bottom.
0007356
Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0583454
Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Aerial

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. Covered surfaces will include the rear wall and aluminum doors. Rear compartment doors, stainless steel access doors, and the rear bumper will not be covered.

The colors will be red and
fluorescent yellow green
diamond grade.

Each stripe will be

6.00 " in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901
, which states that
50%
of the
rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0598754
Stripe, Reflective/Diamond Grade,

4.00" on Stabilizers

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS
There will be a

4.00 " wide
fluorescent yellow green diamond grade
reflective stripe provided on
the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 0027341
Jog, In Reflective Stripe, Single or
Multiple

JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND
The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (
1 )
jog(s) and will
be angled at approximately a
45 degrees when installed.
0087349
Stripe, Reflective, 4" Inside Compt
Door

REFLECTIVE STRIPE INSIDE COMPARTMENT DOOR
A

4.00 "
white
reflective stripe will be provided inside
two (
2 )
compartment doors.
inside each EMS
cabinet
.
0065687
Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A

6.00 " x

16.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA
1901
requirement.
0027285
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Cab, Low
and Over Fender

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe on each side of the cab, low and over the fender. 0027372
Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two ( 2 ) layers of clear vinyl.
66 739
Bid #:

0686428
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (
41 ) to sixty (
60 ) genuine gold leaf lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
will be
provided.
0680416
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Body, Over
Fender Only, Tandem Axle

BODY STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on each side of the body, over the fenders. 0684058
Lettering, Vinyl, 2.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (
41 ) to sixty (
60 ) non-reflective vinyl lettering,

2.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
will
be provided.
0685985
Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

12.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
two
(
2 ) letters
provided.
0685991
Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (
21 ) to forty (
40 ) reflective lettering,

10.00 " high, with
outline and shade
will be
provided.
0685993
Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

10.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
four
(
4 ) letters
provided.
0686018
Lettering, Reflective, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

5.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
five
(
5 ) letters
provided.
0686048
Lettering, Reflective, 1.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

1.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
15 letters
provided.
0686084
Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
25 letters
provided.
0563768
Lettering, Reflective, "Keep Back 300
Feet"

REFLECTIVE LETTERING
There will be
one (
1 )
set/s of reflective lettering, "KEEP BACK
300
FEET", supplied and installed
on the
R
1 - NOTE THE LETTERING IS ACTUALLY TO READ "KEEP BACK
343
" HOWEVER I
AM TO USE THIS OPTION. Refer to all previous Sacramento jobs . The lettering will be
ruby red

in color and

3.00 "
in size.
0645076
Plate, Painted Alum. for
Lettering/Numerals

PAINTED PLATE(S) FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
There will be
one (
1 )
painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. They will be mounted
Rear of Apparatus RS above License Plate Holder
and will be
Plate
6 "H X
12 "W painted
job color red.
in size.
0581425
SP
Emblem, Turntable Console, Per
Quote, Sacramento

DEPT. EMBLEM
There will be (
1 ) one pair of vinyl emblems applied between the cab and crew cab doors.

Emblems will be approximately

7.00 " x

7.00 " per graphics quote.
0527677
SP
Emblem, Per Quote, Sacramento
DEPT. EMBLEM
There will be (
1 ) one pair of vinyl emblems applied between the cab and crew cab doors.

Emblems will be approximately

7.00 " x

7.00 " per graphics quote.
0000637
Emblem, Eagle Head/Flag, Color
Imaged, Pair

EAGLE HEAD/FLAG EMBLEMS
A pair of emblems,

13.00 " or less
in diameter, featuring a "Flying American Flag" and an "Eagle Head", will be installed
behind crew cab door upper
5 x
7 Freedom Flag
. The design will be color
imaged.
0022652
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
15"-17", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
two (
2 )
pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed
Cab Doors
.
67 739
Bid #:

0755303
Artwork File, Provided on Custom
USB Drive

ARTWORK ON CUSTOM USB DRIVE
There will be a custom USB drive with department specific artwork files provided to the Fire Department.

Stock artwork, or artwork developed exclusively by Pierce Manufacturing, and proprietary fonts will not be included on the USB drive.
0769753
Emblem, American Flag Painted on
Cab Grille, All Custom Chassis

CAB GRILLE DESIGN
An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. 0772003
Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be
one (
1 )
custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037
Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be
one (
1 )
chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381
Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (
1 ) USB flash drive.
0030008
Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA 0008
, is included with this proposal.
0696698
Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins
five (
5 ) year
limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA
0181
, is included with this proposal.
0684953
Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard
three (
3 ) year
limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0596017
Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013

FIFTY (
50 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA 0013
, is included with this
proposal.
0595698
Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050

FRONT AXLE THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-
4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA
0050
, is included with this proposal.
0733305
Warranty, Tandem Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

TDM REAR AXLE FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor
™
Axle
5 year limited warranty will be provided.
68 739
Bid #:

0652758
Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year,
Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco
™
ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA
0232
, is included with this
proposal.
0019914
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA
0012
, is included with this proposal.
0744240
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0524627
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0695416
Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (
54 ) month
warranty will be provided for the camera system
.
0708760
Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip
Lights

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 0046369
Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a
five (
5 ) year/unlimited mileage
warranty covering
100
percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945
Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (
5 ) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (
3 ) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed
$10,000
per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0596025
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA 0009
, is included with this proposal.
0693126
Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of
ten (
10 ) years
. A
five (
5 ) year
limited warranty will
be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA
0185
, is included with this proposal.
0006999
Warranty, Structure, 20 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0052

TWENTY (
20 ) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY
The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA
0052
, is included with this proposal.
0687388
Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0197

AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY
An Amity five (
5 ) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0685727
Warranty, Hydraulic System and
Components, 3 Year/5 Year, WA0200

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five ( 5 ) year material and
workmanship limited warranty.

HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (
3 ) year material and workmanship limited
warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificates will be submitted with the bid package. 0687327
Warranty, Waterway, 10 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0198

AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY
An Amity ten (
10 ) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.

69 739
Bid #:

0595860
Warranty, Paint, 4 Year, Aerial
Device, Pro-Rated, WA0047

FOUR (
4 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0047
, is included with this
proposal.
0553455
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0595820
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0057
, is included with this proposal.
0595421
Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA 0018
, is
included with this proposal.
0683627
Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0156

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1901
, current edition, section

4.13 , Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0736243
Certification, Engine Installation,
Enforcer, Cummins X12, 2021,
CD0170

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786
Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0892691
Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J
2422
Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29 .

SAE J
2420
COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a
14,320
-lb moving barrier is slammed into
the side of the cab at

5.50 mph, striking with an impact of
13,000
ft-lb of force. This test is part of
the SAE J
2422
test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
32,600
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J
2420
.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
65,098
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice
the force required by SAE J
2420
)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of
22,500
lb. This value meets the ECE
29 criteria,
and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten ( 10 ) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000
lbs. (Four and a half times the
load criteria of ECE
29 )
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973
Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000
cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds
20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 70 739
Bid #:

0631978
Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a
3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section

6.2 of SAE J
198

Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974
Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete
30,000
complete up-down cycles and still function
normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0631977
Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000
lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210
Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS
571.207
Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
0735949
Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of
78 degrees Fahrenheit in
30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073
Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA
1901
or
1906
(Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901
or
1906

(Current Edition).
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance

0799248
Appleton/Florida BTO

0000053
Ascendant Tower

0000012

PIERCE CHASSIS
71 739
Bid #:

0004713

ENGINE, OTHER
0046396
EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020015

ABS SYSTEM

0755454

AERIAL MEDIUM

72 739
Bid #:

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
Bid #739

Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number:
739
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis, 100AAT
Department:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Body:

Aerial, 100AAT, No Pump, Alum Body
Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle:
45°
Axle Track:

82.92 in.

Wheel Offset:

4.68 in.

Tread Width:

16.3 in.

Chassis Overhang:

65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth:
15 in.

Front Overhang:

80.95 in.

Wheelbase:
262 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn:
20 ft. 9 in.

Curb to curb:
37 ft. 2 in.

Wall to wall:
41 ft. 4 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 08/02/2022
Category
Option
Description
Bumpers
0725710
Bumper, 15" Extended, Alum, Painted, Integrated, 100AAT, Enforcer Tires, Front
0899289
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply, Fire Service Load
Axle, Front, Custom
0790821
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 24,000 lb, Enforcer (425 Tires) Wheels, Front
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot Aerial Devices
0771866
Aerial, Ascendant 100' Aerial Tower

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle
Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track
King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset
Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width
Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang
Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel
Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase
Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom

0.00 1.20

0.00 0002617
PTO switch, w/light - aerial

0.00 0.00

0.08 0010673
ABS Wabco Brake System, Tandem Rear Axle

0.00 6.00

0.00 0079211
Batteries, (6) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

0.00 3.00

0.00 0086971
Flowmeter, Waterway, MUX, PAP

0.00 0.00

0.50 0559185
Install Customer Provided Handlight Charger(s)

0.00 0.00

0.16 0561471
Lights, Backup, Wln M6BUW, LED, For Tail Lt Housing

0.00 3.20

0.00 0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.60

0.00 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040

0.00 0.50

0.00 0594595
Wiring, Spare, 50 A 12V DC 1st

0.00 0.00

50.00 0602623
Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Dept, Aerial NFPA 2016 Classification

0.00 0.50

0.00 0626449
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer Series LED, Bail Mount 2nd

0.00 0.00

1.50 0626453
Light, Wln, 12V NP6B* Nano Pioneer Series LED, Bail Mount 1st

0.00 0.00

1.50 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00

0.00 0653165
Lights, Side, Wln WION* LED, Recessed in Cab Steps, 4lts, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Vel

0.00 0.00

1.60 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

0.00 0.00

0.08 0655256
Light, GTT, Opticom, 76-1000-1155-0, GPS, Priority Control System

0.00 1.00

0.00 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine

0.00 0.42

0.00 0728890
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Stabilizer Interlock, Enforcer 100AAT

0.00 180.00

0.00 0737181
Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research ICA910 Hands Free

0.00 0.00

0.50 0743902
Lights, Side, Wln M6** LED, Trm Fet 2nd

0.00 2.70

1.80 0763307
Lights, Deck, Wln MPB* LED

0.00 0.00

7.00 0766953
Control Stations, 100AAT

0.00 0.00

4.26 0771345
Camera, Pierce, Mux, R, RS Cameras, Loc

0.00 1.20

0.00 0771862
Stabilizers, 100AAT, Three Sets

0.00 0.00

6.00 0774457
Handlight, Streamlight, Vulcan 180, 44315, 12v, Orange

0.00 1.00

0.00 0787001
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd

0.00 0.00

5.00 0797189
Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st

0.00 0.00

5.00 0798604
Wiring, Secure Seat Cushion and Buckle Wiring

0.00 0.00

4.00 0802935
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED, Cmn Bzl, Above Headlights, Sab/Enf

0.00 1.50

0.00 0803225
Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, On Scene, LED, 100AAT

0.00 0.00

0.00 0889070
Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Dual Radio, (D,O, 2RPTT.1st R), 3C, 800/VHF,3805

0.00 0.00

0.50 0895382
Siren, Federal Q2B, Enforcer, 100AAT

0.00 100.00

0.00 0898549
Cab Air Filtration, TFT CrewProtect, 12v DC, Loc, CARE

0.00 0.00

1.50 0092291
Mirrors, Velvac, 2025, Heated/Remote, w/Heated Convex, w/LED Directional
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

8.00 0568733
Wiring, Spare, 5 A 12V DC 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0585913
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0585914
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 6 Circuit Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5025 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0605741
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5", RRRR RRRR
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

14.56 0670079
Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED, Chrome Flange, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

7.00 0722696
HVAC, Enforcer, CARE
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
100.00
0736312
Light, Wln P*H1*, 12 Volt Under Corner Steps, 100AAT, 1st Load Managed

0.00 0.00

11.72 0748793
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS Body
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

10.80 0748795
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS Body
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

10.80 0889227
Radio, Sony, Digital Media Receiver, Spkr Location Feature Load Managed

0.00 0.00

4.00 0889662
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC, Brkt Fet 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

3.66 0889664
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC, Brkt Fet 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

3.66 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
8/2/2022
Bid #:
739
Sacramento AAT
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0002615
Switch, Aerial 12V Master
NFPA

0.08 0.00

0.00 0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0068703
Lights, Grote Supernova LED, Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set
NFPA

1.60 0.00

0.00 0090155
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 35200R LED 7Lts NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
NFPA

0.56 0.56

0.00 0525667
Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt
NFPA

1.56 14.06

0.00 0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0587034
Air Dryer, Bendix, AD-IP w/Heat, 2010
NFPA

4.70 0.00

0.00 0615386
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0620054
Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA

0.10 0.90

0.00 0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX NFPA

1.26 0.00

0.00 0625652
Cab, Enforcer, 6000
NFPA

6.80 10.20

0.00 0647638
Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts
NFPA

0.80 0.80

0.00 0647899
Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED, Sab/Enf
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0664481
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED
NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0668061
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln VTX609R Red LED
NFPA

0.30 0.45

0.00 0686562
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2* LED
NFPA

3.00 0.00

0.00 0729276
Lights, Hose Bed, Front/Rear, Light Strips, AAT
NFPA

1.36 0.00

0.00 0729921
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt Feature, SUBKT* Mounts, Mkr Lts Activated
NFPA

0.32 0.00

18.68 0731813
Hour Meter, Aerial, Included in Information Centers, ASL, AAT, ASP
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0736083
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, P25 LED 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt
NFPA

0.49 0.00

0.00 0736410
Engine, Cummins X12, 500 hp, 1700 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2021, Enforcer
NFPA

10.00 0.00

0.00 0748251
Wiring, Spare, 60A 12V DC Sacramento Fire Department, 6 Ga.

NFPA

60.00 0.00

0.00 0751348
Lights, Basket Interior, CLC-1049-20, 20" 100AAT
NFPA

1.35 0.00

0.00 0752453
Lights, Tracking, Wln MPB* LED, 100AAT 2lts
NFPA

7.00 0.00

0.00 0757381
Light, Tip, Wln P*H2* LED, Front of Basket Bail Brkt 100AAT 1lts NFPA

11.25 0.00

0.00 0762387
Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (3) sets, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, 100AAT
NFPA

1.08 0.00

0.00 0763190
Lights, Perimeter Body, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012 LED 3lts
NFPA

0.54 0.00

0.00 0764563
DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle
NFPA

0.60 11.40

0.00 0766602
Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage, Pierce LED Strip Lights, 2 Lts, 100AAT
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0767535
Light, Turntable Console, TecNiq E-10, LED
NFPA

0.36 0.00

0.00 0769420
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 LED 4Dr
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0771866
Aerial, Ascendant 100' Aerial Tower
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0779787
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, WIONSMC* LED, 2pr
NFPA

2.60 3.90

0.00 0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA

4.20 4.20

0.00 0791501
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36" Long LED, Aerials NFPA

0.60 1.20

0.00 0798603
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-D, 81",
RRRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRRR
NFPA

6.48 2.67

9.93 0801890
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf NFPA

2.00 2.00

0.00 0803760
Cabinet, Forward Facing, Center, 44 W x 44 H x 14 D, Liftup, Web, 2 Sect,SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.44 0.44

0.00 0804501
Compt w/No Pump, 43" Wide w/Dbl Doors, Dual Inlets, Spcl Height, 100AAT
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA

0.83 2.49

0.00 0888079
Lights, Stabilizer Warn (2) Sets, Wln M6**, Lw Int
NFPA

3.60 5.40

0.00 0889980
Lights, Step (3), P25 LED, One Side
NFPA

0.15 0.00

0.00 0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0892649
CZ Connect Telematics
NFPA

1.61 0.00

0.00 0892702
Lights, Walk Surf, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020, P25 LED, 100AAT NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0894586
Lights, Step (4), P25, Ladder Style Access Steps, Both Sides NFPA

0.35 0.00

0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
8/2/2022
Bid #:
739
Sacramento AAT
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0899311
Compt, IPO Chute, Rear Access, RS Only, 100AAT No Pump, No Tank
NFPA

0.90 0.00

0.90 0899319
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6**, Common Bzl
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI
S

0.00 0.00

0.00 Load Totals:
161.74
394.89
356.49
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply:
254.00
Demand:
161.74
Variance:

92.26 Total Connected Load
Supply:
370.00
Demand:
284.03
Variance:

85.97 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 254.00
370.00
Alternator Output at Idle:

Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis
8/2/2022
Bid #:
739
Sacramento AAT
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Hansen, Brad
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

City of Sacramento Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

DEALER

SUPPLIED

EQUIPMENT
AND/OR

SERVICES
Bid #916

1 DEALER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT and/or SERVICES
The following items and/or services will be provided by Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. (GSFA) prior to final delivery:

LICENSED MANUFACTURER
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires “every ma nufacturer of a vehicle subject to registration shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) for a license containing a general distinguishing number” . The manufacturer has a current license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED DEALERSHIP
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11701 requires a “dealer in vehicles of a type s ubject to registration, shall make application to the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV ) for a license containing a general distinguishing number”. Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. has a current license at time of bid as outlined above and is available upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

LICENSED SALES REPRESENTATIVE
The State of California Vehicle Code, section 11800 requires that it shall be “unlawful for any person to function as a vehicle salesperson without having first procured a license issued by the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV)”. The representative has a current vehicle salespersons license at time of proposal and shall provide a copy upon request. Temporary licenses are not acceptable.

VEHICLE REGISTRATION
The State of California Vehicle Code section 11739 requires that the “dealer of a new motor vehicle sale is responsible for applying for the title, securing vehicle registration, and obtaining license plates for the Customer” through the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) . Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. is a factory-authorized dealer of the vehicle bein g sold and is authorized to register with the State of California as a new vehicle manufacturer.

GSFA will make all necessary applications and complete all transf er papers, including applying for California Exempt “E” license plates.

WEEKLY PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
GSFA will provide weekly photograph s of the apparatus or the major components as they are being constructed. The photographs will commence at the start of the manufacturing process and will continue through production by the manufacturer. The repo rts will show the progress of the apparatus through the course of each week. Special attention will be given to show the unique features and aspects of the apparatus as construction progresses.

FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT FUND
A fire fighting equipment fund in the sum of $135,000.00 is included in the bid price. Any unused portion of this fund will be credited back on the final invoice or reimbursed in the form of a check to the City of Sacramento.

LOOSE EQUIPMENT MOUNTING ALLOWANCE
A loose equipment m ounting allowance of $ 17,000.00 is included in the bid price to cover the cost of mounting the applicable equipment per the direction of the City of Sacramento. If the mounting allowance is exceeded, additional work can be performed at the current published shop rate . Any unused portion of this allowance will be credited back on the fina l invoice or reimbursed in the form of a check to the City of Sacramento.

2 DELIVERY TO AUTHORIZED SERVICE FACILITY
GSFA will, at their expense, deliver the apparatus (including any applicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to their Northern California facility in Sacramento for a dealer preparation inspection.

To ensure proper break in of all components while still under warranty, the apparatus shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable.

PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE
After transportation from the factory and prior to delivery, the apparatus will receive a pr e-delivery service to confirm proper operation and correction of any issues found a s a result of said inspection . The Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. pre-delivery service consists of the following:

• Engine Compartment and Undercarriage – Check for any br oken mounting brackets and inspect for correct capacities of the following (if applicable): engine oil, coolant, power steering fluid, washer reservoir fluid, transmission fluid, rear end fluid, pump transmission oil, and primer oil.

• Interior – Operate all doors, windows, and locks for proper adjustment. Check upholstery.

• Exterior – Repair reasonable paint scrat ches or chips . Tighten any l oose hardware and inspe ct tires and wheels for proper pressure and lug torquing.

• Road Test – With the water tank ( if applicable) full, the apparatus wi ll be driven approximately twenty miles which allows the drive train components to get up to operating temperature. Road test will be on both city and highway roads . A DOT compliant brake test will be conducted to ensure the system is holding air. The brake condition and wheel seals will also be inspected.

• Electrical - Operate all lights, sirens, and other electrical accessories to verify operation.

• Pump - If applicable, vacuum test the pump to hold for 15 minutes. After vacuum test, operate the relief valve, transfer valve and check pump shift . Check water tank for leaks and inspect water level gauge for c alibration. With discharge caps loose, rapid test all individual gauges and main gauges for calibration. Lubricate valve rods.

• Foam System – If applicable, tighten caps and connect foam lines. Test selector, valves, metering valve and operation of foam system (including flush).

• Fuel Tank - Fuel tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

• DEF Tank - DEF tank will be filled at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

• Wash - The apparatus will be thoroughly washed at the dealership location prior to final delivery.

FINAL DELIVERY (CUSTOMER LOCATION)
GSFA wi ll, at the ir ex pense, d eliver the Product (including any applicable equipment, spare parts, and supplies) to the Customer specified address once completed. Prior to delivery of the Product, Customer agrees to provide proof of liability and physical damage insurance to GS FA. GSFA will not release the Produ ct to the Customer until such proof of insurance is provided.

It is the responsibility of the Customer to have a ny outstanding balance due, paid in full to GSFA, prior to or at the time that the Product is complete and ready to deliver. If payment is late or delivery is delayed pending 3 payment, a daily finance charge of $150.00 and a daily storage fee of $50.00 may apply until such payment is received.

Due to insurance liability, the Product will not be delivered without full acceptance and full payment (or prior written agreement between the Customer and GSFA).

END OF DEALER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT and/or SERVICES

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
Bid #739

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user .

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor ,authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder .

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS W ARRANTYAND THE EMISSION W ARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

W ARRANTIESMADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

W ARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANT ABILITYOR FITNESS FOR A
P ARTICULARPURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
/H230052001 Cummins Inc.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Sacramento City CouncilAugust 30, 2022

Sacramento City Council
August 30, 2022